1 #LyX 1.5.2svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 % provides missing characters,
17 % see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
21 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
22 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
24 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
25 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
26 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
28 \usepackage{courier} }
29 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
30 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
32 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
33 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
34 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
37 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
38 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
39 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
40 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
41 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
42 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
43 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
44 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
45 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
47 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
49 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
50 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
52 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
54 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
55 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
56 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
59 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
63 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
64 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
65 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
69 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
70 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
72 \options bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
77 \font_typewriter default
78 \font_default_family default
92 \paperorientation portrait
95 \paragraph_separation indent
97 \quotes_language english
100 \paperpagestyle default
101 \tracking_changes false
102 \output_changes false
118 \begin_layout Standard
120 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
123 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
135 \begin_layout Standard
136 \begin_inset Note Note
139 \begin_layout Standard
140 To export this document as pdf, ps or dvi, the LaTeX-package
147 \begin_layout Standard
148 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
156 \begin_layout Standard
157 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
164 \begin_layout Chapter
168 \begin_layout Section
172 \begin_layout Standard
173 LyX is a document preparation system.
174 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
175 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
176 It is unlike most other
177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
184 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
186 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
198 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
203 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
207 \begin_layout Standard
208 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
225 \begin_layout Standard
227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
238 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
239 the format of all of the manuals.
240 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
241 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
258 \begin_layout Section
262 \begin_layout Standard
263 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
265 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
266 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
268 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
287 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
290 \begin_layout Standard
291 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
292 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
293 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
295 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
296 only a vertical scrollbar.
297 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
298 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
299 This, however, is due
300 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
301 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
302 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
303 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
305 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
306 this doesn't work for equations yet.
309 \begin_layout Standard
310 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
311 at appendix\InsetSpace ~
313 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
314 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
319 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
320 ing sections of this documentation.
323 \begin_layout Section
327 \begin_layout Standard
328 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
333 of the manuals from inside LyX.
334 Just select the manual you want read from the
341 \begin_layout Section
343 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
344 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
353 without resorting to configuration files.
354 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
355 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
356 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
361 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
362 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
363 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
364 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
366 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
370 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
373 \begin_layout Section
375 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
376 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
383 \begin_layout Standard
384 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
385 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
393 \begin_layout Standard
405 that will be created when using the menu
407 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
412 \begin_layout Standard
423 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
424 \begin_inset Note Note
427 \begin_layout Standard
428 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
436 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
437 More on ERT is described in section
438 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
443 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
444 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
445 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
457 \begin_layout Chapter
461 \begin_layout Section
462 Basic File Operations
463 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
464 name "File Operations"
471 \begin_layout Standard
476 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
480 \begin_layout Itemize
486 \begin_layout Itemize
498 \begin_layout Itemize
504 \begin_layout Itemize
510 \begin_layout Itemize
516 \begin_layout Itemize
523 \begin_layout Itemize
531 \begin_layout Itemize
538 \begin_layout Itemize
544 \begin_layout Itemize
550 \begin_layout Itemize
556 \begin_layout Itemize
562 \begin_layout Standard
563 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
564 a few minor differences.
567 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
576 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
577 you for a template to use.
578 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
579 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
580 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
583 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
584 reference "sec:doc-classes"
591 \begin_layout Standard
593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
616 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
617 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
620 \begin_layout Standard
632 are is useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
636 \begin_layout Standard
637 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
656 will reload the document from disk.
657 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
658 and want to restore it to the last save.
664 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
665 can identify this as your changes.
668 \begin_layout Section
669 Basic Editing Features
670 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
678 \begin_layout Standard
679 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
680 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
681 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
682 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
684 We'll start with cut and paste.
687 \begin_layout Standard
688 As you might expect, the
692 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
693 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
697 \begin_layout Itemize
703 \begin_layout Itemize
709 \begin_layout Itemize
715 \begin_layout Itemize
722 \begin_layout Itemize
730 \begin_layout Standard
731 The first three are self-explanatory.
732 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
733 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
742 keys also functions as the
747 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
748 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
749 it with what you just typed.
757 to get back the lost text.
763 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
766 \begin_layout Standard
769 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
781 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
786 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
797 button to skip the current word.
803 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
809 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
811 If the toggle is set, searching for
812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
823 will not match the word
824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
838 Match whole words only
840 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
868 \begin_layout Section
870 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
876 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
884 \begin_layout Standard
885 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
886 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
889 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
892 to undo some mistake.
893 If you accidently undo too much, use
895 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
906 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
911 \begin_layout Standard
912 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
913 it was last saved, the
914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
921 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
922 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
925 \begin_layout Standard
934 work on almost everything in LyX.
935 They have some quirks, too.
944 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
945 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
953 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
954 surely appreciate how it works.
957 \begin_layout Section
959 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
960 name "Mouse Operations"
967 \begin_layout Standard
968 This are the most basic mouse operations.
971 \begin_layout Enumerate
976 \begin_layout Itemize
981 once anywhere in the edit window.
982 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
986 \begin_layout Enumerate
991 \begin_layout Itemize
997 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1000 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1003 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1006 \begin_layout Itemize
1007 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1009 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1016 \begin_layout Enumerate
1017 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1021 \begin_layout Standard
1026 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1027 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1028 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1032 \begin_layout Enumerate
1037 \begin_layout Standard
1042 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1047 \begin_layout Section
1049 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1050 name "sec: key bindings"
1055 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1063 \begin_layout Standard
1064 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1065 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1067 LyX's default is CUA.
1070 \begin_layout Standard
1097 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1101 \begin_layout Labeling
1102 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1107 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1108 If you don't understand this, go read Sections
1109 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1110 reference "sec:parindentintro"
1115 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1116 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1120 , especially Section\InsetSpace ~
1122 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1123 reference "sub:Lists"
1129 If you're still confused, look in the
1136 \begin_layout Labeling
1137 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1150 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1151 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1154 \begin_layout Labeling
1155 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1166 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1167 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1171 \begin_layout Standard
1172 There are three modifier keys:
1175 \begin_layout Labeling
1176 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1193 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1194 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1198 \begin_layout Itemize
1207 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1210 \begin_layout Itemize
1219 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1222 \begin_layout Itemize
1231 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1235 \begin_layout Labeling
1236 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1253 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1254 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1257 \begin_layout Labeling
1258 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1275 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1276 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1277 If you have you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually
1283 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1285 menu accelerator keys
1288 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1289 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1293 \begin_layout Standard
1294 For example, the sequence
1295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1346 \begin_layout Standard
1347 There are also other things bound to the
1351 key, but you'll have to check in the
1363 \begin_layout Standard
1364 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1365 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1366 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1367 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1368 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1369 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1370 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1386 followed by a capital
1392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1410 \begin_layout Chapter
1412 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1420 \begin_layout Section
1422 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1423 name "Document ! Types"
1430 \begin_layout Subsection
1434 \begin_layout Standard
1435 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1436 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1437 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1438 numbering schemes, and so on.
1439 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1440 and format the title of your document differently.
1443 \begin_layout Standard
1448 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1449 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1450 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1451 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1452 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1455 \begin_layout Standard
1456 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1457 how to adjust their properties.
1460 \begin_layout Subsection
1461 The Various Document Classes
1462 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1463 name "Document ! Classes"
1468 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1469 name "sec:doc-classes"
1476 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1480 \begin_layout Standard
1481 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1485 \begin_layout Description
1486 Article for basic articles
1489 \begin_layout Description
1490 Report for basic reports
1493 \begin_layout Description
1494 Book for writing a book
1497 \begin_layout Description
1498 Letter for US-style letters
1501 \begin_layout Standard
1502 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1504 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1505 can be found in chapter
1507 Special Document Classes
1516 \begin_layout Description
1517 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1520 \begin_layout Description
1527 \begin_layout Standard
1536 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1540 \begin_layout Description
1541 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1542 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1543 There are three article layouts available.
1544 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1545 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1546 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1547 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1552 sequential numbering
1553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1556 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1557 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1558 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1559 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1562 \begin_layout Description
1563 Beamer Layout for presentations
1566 \begin_layout Description
1567 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1568 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1572 \begin_layout Description
1573 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1574 vitae classes to create curriculum vitaes
1577 \begin_layout Description
1578 Dinbrief Letters in format of the german DIN (german industry norm)
1581 \begin_layout Description
1584 Die TeXnische Komödie
1586 , the journal of the german TeX user Group (Dante)
1589 \begin_layout Description
1590 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1593 \begin_layout Description
1594 Foils Used to make transparencies
1597 \begin_layout Description
1598 g-brief Letters in format of the german DIN (german industry norm)
1601 \begin_layout Description
1602 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1603 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1607 \begin_layout Description
1608 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1609 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1612 \begin_layout Description
1613 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1616 \begin_layout Description
1617 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1620 \begin_layout Description
1621 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1622 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1625 \begin_layout Description
1626 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1629 \begin_layout Description
1634 LaTeX document class
1637 \begin_layout Description
1638 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1641 \begin_layout Description
1646 \begin_layout Standard
1653 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1654 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1656 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1659 \begin_layout Description
1660 Slides Used to make transparencies
1663 \begin_layout Description
1665 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1666 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1669 \begin_layout Description
1670 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1673 \begin_layout Description
1678 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1681 \begin_layout Standard
1682 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1684 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1689 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1690 of the document classes.
1693 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1697 \begin_layout Standard
1698 You can select a class using the
1700 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1704 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1708 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1712 \begin_layout Standard
1713 Each class has a default set of options.
1714 Here's a quick table describing them:
1717 \begin_layout Standard
1718 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1724 \begin_layout Standard
1726 \begin_inset Tabular
1727 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1729 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1730 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1731 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1732 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1733 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1734 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1738 \begin_layout Standard
1744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1747 \begin_layout Standard
1762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1765 \begin_layout Standard
1780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1783 \begin_layout Standard
1798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1801 \begin_layout Standard
1817 <row topline="true">
1818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1821 \begin_layout Standard
1835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1838 \begin_layout Standard
1853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1856 \begin_layout Standard
1871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1874 \begin_layout Standard
1889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1892 \begin_layout Standard
1908 <row topline="true">
1909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1912 \begin_layout Standard
1926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1929 \begin_layout Standard
1944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1947 \begin_layout Standard
1962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1965 \begin_layout Standard
1980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1983 \begin_layout Standard
1999 <row topline="true">
2000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2003 \begin_layout Standard
2017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2020 \begin_layout Standard
2035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2038 \begin_layout Standard
2053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2056 \begin_layout Standard
2071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2074 \begin_layout Standard
2090 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2094 \begin_layout Standard
2108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2111 \begin_layout Standard
2126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2129 \begin_layout Standard
2144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2147 \begin_layout Standard
2162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2165 \begin_layout Standard
2187 \begin_layout Standard
2188 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2194 \begin_layout Standard
2195 You're probably also wondering what
2196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2205 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2206 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2211 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2216 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2226 headings, there are also
2234 headings, and so on.
2235 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2236 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2237 reference "sub:Headings"
2244 \begin_layout Subsection
2246 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2247 name "Document ! Layout"
2254 \begin_layout Standard
2255 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2257 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2263 \begin_layout Standard
2268 field, you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separat
2270 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2271 to use for your document.
2272 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2276 \begin_layout Standard
2281 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2282 You can choose between the following five options:
2285 \begin_layout Labeling
2286 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2291 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2294 \begin_layout Labeling
2295 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2300 No page numbers or headings.
2303 \begin_layout Labeling
2304 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2312 \begin_layout Labeling
2313 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2318 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2319 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2320 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2323 \begin_layout Labeling
2324 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2329 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2335 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2336 To use the full power of this package, you have to resort to magic codes
2338 Check the documentation for the
2342 package for more details.
2345 \begin_layout Standard
2350 of paragraphs is described in sec.
2351 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
2355 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2356 reference "sec:parindentintro"
2363 \begin_layout Subsection
2364 Paper Size and Orientation
2365 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2366 name "Document ! Paper size"
2371 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2372 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2379 \begin_layout Standard
2380 You'll find the following options in the menu
2384 of the dialog of the
2386 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2392 \begin_layout Labeling
2393 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2398 What size paper to print on.
2402 \begin_layout Itemize
2408 \begin_layout Itemize
2418 \begin_layout Itemize
2424 \begin_layout Itemize
2430 \begin_layout Itemize
2436 \begin_layout Itemize
2442 \begin_layout Itemize
2448 \begin_layout Labeling
2449 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2454 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2465 \begin_layout Standard
2466 There are also two check-boxes in the menu:
2469 \begin_layout Labeling
2470 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2473 Two-column\InsetSpace ~
2476 Prints the document in two columns per page.
2477 Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
2478 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
2479 However, there will be two columns in the generated output.
2482 \begin_layout Labeling
2483 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2486 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2489 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2490 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2493 \begin_layout Subsection
2495 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2496 name "Document ! Margins"
2501 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2509 \begin_layout Standard
2510 Paper margins are set in the menu
2512 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2518 \begin_layout Standard
2519 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2520 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2521 the paper format and the font size into consideration.
2524 \begin_layout Subsection
2528 \begin_layout Standard
2529 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2534 That includes the paragraph environments.
2535 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2536 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2537 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2538 paragraph environments to
2542 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2543 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2544 the conversion and why it failed.
2547 \begin_layout Section
2548 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2549 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2550 name "Paragraph ! Indentation"
2557 \begin_layout Subsection
2559 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2560 name "sec:parindentintro"
2567 \begin_layout Standard
2568 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2569 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2572 \begin_layout Standard
2573 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2574 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2575 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2576 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2580 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2586 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2587 Note that the indentation behaviour is different when you use another document
2588 language than English.
2589 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2592 \begin_layout Standard
2593 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2594 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2596 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2597 LyX takes care of that.
2598 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2600 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2601 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2602 of a page, and so on.
2606 \begin_layout Standard
2607 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2612 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2613 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2617 of these pre-coded spacings.
2618 We'll explain more later.
2621 \begin_layout Subsection
2625 \begin_layout Standard
2626 To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select
2641 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2644 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
2647 \begin_layout Subsection
2651 \begin_layout Standard
2652 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
2655 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2658 dialog and toggle the
2662 button to change the state of the current paragraph.
2663 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
2664 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
2668 \begin_layout Standard
2669 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
2670 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
2673 \begin_layout Subsection
2675 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2676 name "Paragraph ! Line spacing"
2683 \begin_layout Standard
2686 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2689 dialog you can set the spacing in the submenu
2695 You need to have the LaTeX-package
2699 installed to use this feature.
2702 \begin_layout Section
2703 Paragraph Environments
2704 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2705 name "Paragraph ! Environments"
2710 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2711 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2716 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2717 name "Paragraph environments|("
2724 \begin_layout Subsection
2728 \begin_layout Standard
2729 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
2732 \begin_layout Standard
2756 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
2757 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
2758 alien to you, we urge you to read the
2767 also contains many more examples than this section does.
2770 \begin_layout Standard
2771 A paragraph environment is simply a
2772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2779 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
2780 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
2781 scheme, labels, and so on.
2782 Additionally, you can
2783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2790 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
2791 to inherit some of the properties of another.
2792 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
2793 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
2794 days of typewriters.
2795 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
2797 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
2800 \begin_layout Standard
2801 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
2803 LyX will change the environment of the
2807 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
2808 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
2809 you select them before choosing the new environment.
2813 \begin_layout Standard
2822 create a new paragraph using the
2826 paragraph environment.
2828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2835 because if you are in one of these environments:
2838 \begin_layout Itemize
2844 \begin_layout Itemize
2850 \begin_layout Itemize
2856 \begin_layout Itemize
2862 \begin_layout Itemize
2868 \begin_layout Itemize
2874 \begin_layout Itemize
2880 \begin_layout Standard
2881 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
2885 , rather than resetting it to
2890 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
2891 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
2892 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
2893 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2894 reference "sec:nest"
2899 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
2904 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
2905 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
2913 \begin_layout Subsection
2917 \begin_layout Standard
2918 The default paragraph environment is
2923 It creates a plain paragraph.
2924 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
2925 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
2926 this manual) are in the
2933 \begin_layout Standard
2934 You can nest a paragraph using the
2938 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
2946 \begin_layout Subsection
2948 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2949 name "Document !Title"
2956 \begin_layout Standard
2957 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
2959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2966 for thanks or contact information.
2967 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
2968 page along with today's date.
2969 For other types of documents, the title
2970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2977 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
2981 \begin_layout Standard
2982 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
2996 Here's how you use them:
2999 \begin_layout Itemize
3000 Put the title of your document in the
3007 \begin_layout Itemize
3008 Put the author name in the
3015 \begin_layout Itemize
3016 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3017 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3023 Note that using this environment is optional.
3024 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3025 If you don't want any date, add the line
3035 to the preamble of your document (menu
3037 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3043 \begin_layout Standard
3044 You can use footnotes to insert
3045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3052 or contact informations.
3055 \begin_layout Subsection
3057 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3058 name "Section headings"
3063 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3071 \begin_layout Standard
3072 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3073 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3076 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3078 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3079 name "Section headings ! Numbered"
3086 \begin_layout Standard
3087 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3091 \begin_layout Enumerate
3097 \begin_layout Enumerate
3103 \begin_layout Enumerate
3109 \begin_layout Enumerate
3115 \begin_layout Enumerate
3121 \begin_layout Enumerate
3127 \begin_layout Enumerate
3133 \begin_layout Standard
3134 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3135 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3136 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with latin letters.
3139 \begin_layout Standard
3140 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3141 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3142 You group the book into chapters.
3143 LyX does similar grouping:
3146 \begin_layout Itemize
3151 is divided in either
3160 \begin_layout Itemize
3172 \begin_layout Itemize
3184 \begin_layout Itemize
3196 \begin_layout Itemize
3208 \begin_layout Itemize
3220 \begin_layout Standard
3225 not all document types use the
3229 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3234 is the top-level heading.
3237 \begin_layout Standard
3242 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3243 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3245 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3257 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3259 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3260 name "Section headings ! Unnumbered"
3267 \begin_layout Standard
3268 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3272 \begin_layout Enumerate
3278 \begin_layout Enumerate
3284 \begin_layout Enumerate
3290 \begin_layout Enumerate
3296 \begin_layout Enumerate
3302 \begin_layout Standard
3304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3311 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3312 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3313 table of contents, see sec.
3314 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
3318 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3327 Changing the Numbering
3328 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3329 name "sub:numbering-depth"
3336 \begin_layout Standard
3337 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3338 in the Table of Contents.
3339 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3341 Certain classes start with
3355 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3365 This is something you can change.
3368 \begin_layout Standard
3371 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3379 you'll see two counters.
3384 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3386 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3388 Unfortunately, the numbers you can choose are not intuitive.
3391 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3392 reference "cap:Values-of-the"
3396 explain all possible values.
3399 \begin_layout Standard
3400 \begin_inset Float table
3405 \begin_layout Standard
3406 \begin_inset Caption
3408 \begin_layout Standard
3409 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3410 name "cap:Values-of-the"
3414 Values of the numbering depth
3422 \begin_layout Standard
3424 \begin_inset Tabular
3425 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
3427 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3428 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3429 <row topline="true">
3430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3433 \begin_layout Standard
3462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3465 \begin_layout Standard
3480 <row bottomline="true">
3481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3484 \begin_layout Standard
3498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3501 \begin_layout Standard
3516 <row topline="true">
3517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3520 \begin_layout Standard
3534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3537 \begin_layout Standard
3546 no numbering of any kind
3552 <row topline="true">
3553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3556 \begin_layout Standard
3570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3573 \begin_layout Standard
3589 <row topline="true">
3590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3593 \begin_layout Standard
3607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3610 \begin_layout Standard
3626 <row topline="true">
3627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3630 \begin_layout Standard
3644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3647 \begin_layout Standard
3663 <row topline="true">
3664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3667 \begin_layout Standard
3681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3684 \begin_layout Standard
3700 <row topline="true">
3701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3704 \begin_layout Standard
3718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3721 \begin_layout Standard
3737 <row topline="true">
3738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3741 \begin_layout Standard
3755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3758 \begin_layout Standard
3774 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3778 \begin_layout Standard
3792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3795 \begin_layout Standard
3823 \begin_layout Standard
3824 The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of
3825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3832 will number parts and chapters, while
3833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3840 will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections.
3841 Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use chapter headings
3847 the default article class), then the values 0 and -1 have the same effect.
3850 \begin_layout Standard
3851 Suppose you want to number
3855 sectioning heading, but you only want
3867 s in the Table of Contents.
3868 You have to set the value of
3873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3882 the value of Table of contents
3885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3895 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3896 Short Titles of Headings
3897 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3898 name "Section headings ! Short titles"
3906 \begin_layout Standard
3913 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3914 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3921 \begin_layout Standard
3922 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3923 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3924 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3925 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3928 \begin_layout Standard
3929 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3930 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3931 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3932 To specify a short title, use the menu
3934 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3939 This will insert a box labelled
3940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3955 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3956 This also works for captions inside floats.
3959 \begin_layout Standard
3960 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3963 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3967 \begin_layout Standard
3968 The following information applies to all section headings:
3971 \begin_layout Itemize
3972 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3975 \begin_layout Itemize
3976 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3979 \begin_layout Itemize
3980 You can only use inlined math in these environments.
3983 \begin_layout Itemize
3984 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3987 \begin_layout Subsection
3988 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3991 \begin_layout Standard
3992 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4006 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4007 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4008 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4009 the text they contain.
4010 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4018 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4021 \begin_layout Standard
4022 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4031 when you start a new paragraph.
4032 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4036 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4037 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4038 to change back to the
4042 environment yourself.
4045 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4055 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4061 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4069 \begin_layout Standard
4070 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4071 time for the differences.
4080 are identical except for one difference:
4084 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4093 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4096 \begin_layout Standard
4097 Here's an example of the
4110 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4112 See -- no indentation!
4116 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4117 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4118 the other paragraph.
4121 \begin_layout Standard
4122 Here's another example, this time in the
4129 \begin_layout Quotation
4135 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4136 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4137 the first line, then
4141 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4145 you were quoting other text.
4148 \begin_layout Quotation
4149 Here's a new paragraph.
4150 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4151 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4154 \begin_layout Standard
4155 As the examples show,
4159 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4160 They should put quotes in the
4165 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4169 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4172 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4178 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4179 name "Paragraph ! Verse"
4186 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4192 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4200 \begin_layout Standard
4205 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4212 Which I did not rehearse!
4216 It could be much worse.
4217 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4219 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4220 indented a bit more than the first.
4221 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4228 And make things look fine
4237 \begin_layout Standard
4242 does not indent both margins.
4243 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4244 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4255 \begin_layout Subsection
4257 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4263 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4271 \begin_layout Standard
4272 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4282 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4291 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4292 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4293 some general features of all four of them.
4296 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4300 \begin_layout Standard
4301 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4303 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4312 reset the environment to
4316 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4317 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4318 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4323 to break paragraphs.
4326 \begin_layout Standard
4327 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4328 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4330 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4331 you read all of section
4332 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4333 reference "sec:nest"
4341 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4347 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4348 name "Lists ! Itemize"
4353 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4361 \begin_layout Standard
4362 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4366 paragraph environment.
4367 It has the following properties:
4370 \begin_layout Itemize
4371 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4375 \begin_layout Itemize
4376 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4379 \begin_layout Itemize
4380 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4384 \begin_layout Itemize
4385 The items can have any length.
4386 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4387 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4394 \begin_layout Itemize
4399 environment inside another
4403 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4407 \begin_layout Itemize
4408 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4411 \begin_layout Itemize
4412 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4415 \begin_layout Itemize
4417 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4418 reference "sec:nest"
4422 for a full explanation of nesting.
4426 \begin_layout Standard
4427 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4436 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4439 \begin_layout Standard
4440 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4441 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4442 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4445 \begin_layout Itemize
4446 The label for the first level
4450 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4454 \begin_layout Itemize
4455 The label for the second level is a dash.
4459 \begin_layout Itemize
4460 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4464 \begin_layout Itemize
4465 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4469 \begin_layout Itemize
4470 Back out to the third level.
4474 \begin_layout Itemize
4475 Back to the second level.
4479 \begin_layout Itemize
4480 Back to the outermost level.
4483 \begin_layout Standard
4484 These are the default labels for an
4489 You can customize these labels in the
4491 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4494 dialog in the submenu
4501 \begin_layout Standard
4502 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4503 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4505 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4506 reference "sec:nest"
4513 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4519 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4520 name "Lists ! Enumerate"
4525 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4526 name "sec:enumerate"
4533 \begin_layout Standard
4538 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4539 It has these properties:
4542 \begin_layout Enumerate
4543 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4547 \begin_layout Enumerate
4548 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4552 \begin_layout Enumerate
4553 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4556 \begin_layout Enumerate
4561 environment resets the counter to one.
4564 \begin_layout Enumerate
4577 \begin_layout Enumerate
4578 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4579 Items can have any length.
4582 \begin_layout Enumerate
4583 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4586 \begin_layout Enumerate
4587 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4590 \begin_layout Enumerate
4591 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4595 \begin_layout Standard
4604 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4605 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4612 \begin_layout Enumerate
4613 The first level of an
4617 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4621 \begin_layout Enumerate
4622 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4626 \begin_layout Enumerate
4627 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4631 \begin_layout Enumerate
4632 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4635 \begin_layout Enumerate
4636 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4641 \begin_layout Enumerate
4642 Back to the third level
4646 \begin_layout Enumerate
4647 Back to the second level.
4651 \begin_layout Enumerate
4652 Back to the outermost level.
4655 \begin_layout Standard
4656 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4661 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4666 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4670 \begin_layout Standard
4671 There is more to nesting
4675 environments than we've stated here.
4676 You should read section
4677 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4678 reference "sec:nest"
4682 to learn more about nesting.
4685 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4691 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4692 name "Lists ! Description"
4697 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4698 name "sec:descrlist"
4705 \begin_layout Standard
4706 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4710 list has no fixed label.
4711 Instead, LyX uses the first
4712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4719 of the first line as the label.
4723 \begin_layout Description
4724 Example: This is an example of the
4731 \begin_layout Standard
4732 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4736 \begin_layout Standard
4737 Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by,
4738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4741 uses the first 'word'
4742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4750 key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
4759 key tells LyX to end the label if we are at the beginning of the first
4763 \begin_layout Standard
4764 However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
4769 environment? Simple: use a
4780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4781 Fotrmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4782 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4788 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4789 reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
4793 for more info.) Here is an example:
4796 \begin_layout Description
4798 Example: This one shows how to use a
4800 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4810 \begin_layout Description
4811 Usage: You should use the
4815 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4816 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4818 It's not a good idea to use a
4822 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4823 You're better off using
4835 paragraphs into them.
4838 \begin_layout Description
4839 Nesting: You can nest
4843 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4847 \begin_layout Standard
4848 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4849 them from the first line.
4852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4858 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4859 name "Lists ! LyX list"
4864 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4872 \begin_layout Standard
4877 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4881 \begin_layout Standard
4890 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4891 There are the properties of this list environment:
4894 \begin_layout Labeling
4895 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4897 labels LyX uses the first
4898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4905 of each line as the item label.
4910 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4911 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4912 blank as described above.
4915 \begin_layout Labeling
4916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4917 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4918 the body of the item text.
4919 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4920 label width plus a little extra space.
4924 \begin_layout Labeling
4925 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4927 width LyX uses one of two things for the left margin: the width of
4928 the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
4929 If the label width is larger, the label
4930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4937 into the first line.
4938 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4939 margin of the rest of the item text.
4942 \begin_layout Labeling
4943 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4944 default\InsetSpace ~
4945 width You can very easily set this default width.
4946 So you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a
4950 environment have the same left margin.
4952 To change the default width, select
4953 the items in the list.
4954 You can also simply move the cursor into a
4958 item if you want to change only its label width.
4967 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4977 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4980 determines the default label width.
4981 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you don't need to.
4982 We recommend using the letter
4983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4991 It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
4992 The default label width in the example
4997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5013 as your unit of width in the
5018 box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
5021 Longest\InsetSpace ~
5024 every time you alter a label in a
5031 \begin_layout Labeling
5032 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5033 uses You should use the
5037 environment the same way you'd use the
5041 list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5047 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5051 \begin_layout Labeling
5052 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5053 nesting You can nest
5057 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5059 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5061 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5062 reference "sec:nest"
5066 to learn about nesting.
5069 \begin_layout Standard
5070 As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
5073 \begin_layout Standard
5074 There's yet another feature of the
5078 environment we need to tell you about.
5079 As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
5080 You can use additional
5084 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5090 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5091 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5096 Here are some examples:
5099 \begin_layout Labeling
5100 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5101 Left The default for
5108 \begin_layout Labeling
5109 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5116 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5119 \begin_layout Labeling
5120 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5129 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5132 \begin_layout Subsection
5134 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5142 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5155 \begin_layout Standard
5156 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5167 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5168 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5169 In contrast, you can use the
5178 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5179 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5183 \begin_layout Standard
5184 Of course, you're not limited to using
5199 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5200 some European academic papers.
5203 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5205 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5206 name "sec:adress_usage"
5213 \begin_layout Standard
5218 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5219 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5225 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5226 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5227 Here's an example of each:
5230 \begin_layout Right Address
5237 When is it? What is today?
5240 \begin_layout Standard
5247 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5248 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5249 Here's an example of the
5256 \begin_layout Address
5259 Where do I send this
5261 Your post office and country
5264 \begin_layout Standard
5265 As you can see, both
5274 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5279 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5285 This makes sense, since
5293 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5294 Thus, you have to use
5304 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5305 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5313 menu) to start a new line in an
5325 \begin_layout Subsection
5329 \begin_layout Standard
5330 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5331 or list of references.
5332 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5335 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5339 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5347 \begin_layout Standard
5352 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5353 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5354 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5355 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5359 in anything else or vice versa.
5365 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5366 The book document classes ignores the
5370 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5374 in a letter document class.
5377 \begin_layout Standard
5382 environment does several things for you.
5383 First, it puts the centered label
5384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5392 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5394 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5395 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5396 the subsequent text.
5397 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5398 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5401 \begin_layout Standard
5402 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5406 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5407 The new paragraph will still be in the
5412 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5413 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5416 \begin_layout Standard
5417 \begin_inset Float figure
5422 \begin_layout Standard
5424 \begin_inset Graphics
5425 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5433 \begin_layout Standard
5434 \begin_inset Caption
5436 \begin_layout Standard
5437 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5438 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5459 \begin_layout Standard
5460 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5464 environment, but since this document is in the
5465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5472 class, we can't do this.
5473 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5475 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5476 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5481 If you've never heard of an
5482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5489 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5492 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5498 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5504 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5505 name "sub:biblio_environment"
5512 \begin_layout Standard
5517 environment is used to list references.
5518 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5519 only use it at the end of the document.
5524 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5527 \begin_layout Standard
5528 When you first open a
5532 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5548 depending on the document class.
5549 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5550 Each paragraph of the
5554 environment is a bibliography entry.
5559 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5560 Each new paragraph is still in the
5567 \begin_layout Standard
5568 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5570 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
5574 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5575 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5582 \begin_layout Subsection
5586 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5587 name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
5592 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5600 \begin_layout Standard
5605 environment is another LyX extension.
5606 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5611 key as a fixed whitespace;
5615 \begin_layout Standard
5626 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5629 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5634 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5635 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5653 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5654 So, when you finish using the
5658 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5659 Also, you can nest the
5663 environment inside of others.
5666 \begin_layout Standard
5667 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5670 \begin_layout Itemize
5675 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5687 \begin_layout Itemize
5700 \begin_layout Itemize
5705 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5712 \begin_layout Itemize
5721 \begin_layout Itemize
5722 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5723 You must put at least one
5727 in any line you want blank.
5728 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5731 \begin_layout Itemize
5732 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5736 since that will insert
5741 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5749 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5752 \begin_layout Standard
5756 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5760 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5764 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5768 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5772 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5773 printf("Hello World!
5778 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5782 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5786 \begin_layout Standard
5787 This is just the standard
5788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5799 \begin_layout Standard
5804 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5805 rc-files, and so on.
5806 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5807 as if you used a typewriter.
5808 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5809 name "Paragraph environments|)"
5816 \begin_layout Section
5817 Nesting Environments
5818 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5819 name "Nesting ! Environments"
5824 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5832 \begin_layout Subsection
5836 \begin_layout Standard
5837 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5839 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5841 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5843 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5855 \begin_layout Enumerate
5859 \begin_layout Enumerate
5864 \begin_layout Enumerate
5868 \begin_layout Enumerate
5873 \begin_layout Enumerate
5877 \begin_layout Standard
5878 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5879 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5881 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5887 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5895 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5896 will tell you how far you are nested).
5897 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5898 \begin_inset Graphics
5899 filename ../images/depth-increment.xpm
5904 \begin_inset Graphics
5905 filename ../images/depth-decrement.xpm
5909 or the convenient key bindings
5917 to change the nesting level.
5918 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5919 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5923 \begin_layout Standard
5924 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5925 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5926 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5927 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5930 \begin_layout Standard
5931 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5932 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5934 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5937 \begin_layout Subsection
5938 What You Can and Can't Nest
5941 \begin_layout Standard
5942 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5943 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5946 \begin_layout Standard
5947 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5948 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5949 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5952 \begin_layout Itemize
5953 Completely unnestable
5956 \begin_layout Itemize
5957 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
5958 other things inside of them.
5961 \begin_layout Itemize
5962 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
5966 \begin_layout Standard
5967 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
5968 environments have them:
5971 \begin_layout Description
5972 Unnestable Can't nest them.
5973 Can't nest into them.
5977 \begin_layout Itemize
5983 \begin_layout Itemize
5989 \begin_layout Itemize
5997 \begin_layout Itemize
6003 \begin_layout Itemize
6009 \begin_layout Itemize
6017 \begin_layout Itemize
6023 \begin_layout Itemize
6029 \begin_layout Itemize
6035 \begin_layout Itemize
6041 \begin_layout Itemize
6047 \begin_layout Itemize
6053 \begin_layout Itemize
6059 \begin_layout Itemize
6065 \begin_layout Itemize
6071 \begin_layout Itemize
6077 \begin_layout Itemize
6084 \begin_layout Description
6086 Nestable You can nest them.
6087 You can nest other things into them.
6091 \begin_layout Itemize
6097 \begin_layout Itemize
6103 \begin_layout Itemize
6109 \begin_layout Itemize
6115 \begin_layout Itemize
6121 \begin_layout Itemize
6127 \begin_layout Itemize
6133 \begin_layout Itemize
6140 \begin_layout Description
6141 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6142 You can't nest anything into them.
6146 \begin_layout Itemize
6152 \begin_layout Itemize
6159 \begin_layout Itemize
6166 \begin_layout Standard
6171 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
6185 \begin_layout Subsection
6186 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6187 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6188 name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
6193 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6194 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6201 \begin_layout Standard
6202 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6203 affected by nesting anyhow.
6207 \begin_layout Itemize
6211 \begin_layout Itemize
6215 \begin_layout Itemize
6219 \begin_layout Standard
6220 (Note: If you put a figure or a table in a
6224 , this is no longer true.
6225 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
6227 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6228 reference "sec:Floats"
6232 for more informations about
6239 \begin_layout Standard
6240 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6241 If a figure, table, or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph
6245 \begin_layout Standard
6246 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6254 of its own, it behaves just like a
6255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6262 paragraph environment.
6263 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6267 \begin_layout Standard
6268 Here's an example with a table:
6271 \begin_layout Enumerate
6276 \begin_layout Enumerate
6277 This is (a) and it's nested.
6281 \begin_layout Standard
6282 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6288 \begin_layout Standard
6290 \begin_inset Tabular
6291 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6293 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6294 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6295 <row topline="true">
6296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6299 \begin_layout Standard
6314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6317 \begin_layout Standard
6333 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6337 \begin_layout Standard
6352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6355 \begin_layout Standard
6378 \begin_layout Standard
6379 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6386 \begin_layout Enumerate
6388 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6392 \begin_layout Enumerate
6396 \begin_layout Standard
6397 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6400 \begin_layout Enumerate
6405 \begin_layout Enumerate
6406 This is (a) and it's nested.
6410 \begin_layout Standard
6411 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6417 \begin_layout Standard
6419 \begin_inset Tabular
6420 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6422 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6423 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6424 <row topline="true">
6425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6428 \begin_layout Standard
6443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6446 \begin_layout Standard
6462 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6466 \begin_layout Standard
6481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6484 \begin_layout Standard
6507 \begin_layout Standard
6508 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6514 \begin_layout Enumerate
6521 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6524 \begin_layout Enumerate
6528 \begin_layout Standard
6529 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6533 \begin_layout Standard
6534 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6536 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6539 \begin_layout Enumerate
6544 \begin_layout Enumerate
6545 This is (a) and it's nested.
6548 \begin_layout Standard
6549 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6555 \begin_layout Standard
6557 \begin_inset Tabular
6558 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6560 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6561 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6562 <row topline="true">
6563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6566 \begin_layout Standard
6581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6584 \begin_layout Standard
6600 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6604 \begin_layout Standard
6619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6622 \begin_layout Standard
6645 \begin_layout Standard
6646 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6652 \begin_layout Enumerate
6654 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6662 \begin_layout Enumerate
6666 \begin_layout Standard
6667 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6673 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6674 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6678 \begin_layout Subsection
6679 Usage and General Features
6680 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6681 name "sub:nest-Usage"
6688 \begin_layout Standard
6689 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6698 is the innermost possible depth.
6699 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6702 \begin_layout Enumerate
6703 level #1 - outermost
6707 \begin_layout Enumerate
6712 \begin_layout Enumerate
6717 \begin_layout Enumerate
6722 \begin_layout Itemize
6727 \begin_layout Itemize
6736 \begin_layout Standard
6737 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6738 both of them in the example.
6739 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6749 For example, if we tried to nest another
6754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6764 \begin_layout Subsection
6766 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6767 name "Nesting ! Examples"
6774 \begin_layout Standard
6775 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6776 We have several examples of nested environments.
6777 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6781 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6782 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6785 \begin_layout Labeling
6786 \labelwidthstring MMM
6787 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6796 \begin_layout Labeling
6797 \labelwidthstring MMM
6798 #2-a This is level #2.
6799 We created it by using
6811 \begin_layout Labeling
6812 \labelwidthstring MMM
6813 #3-a This is level #3.
6814 This time, we just hit
6823 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6836 \begin_layout Standard
6841 environment, nested inside of
6842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6850 So, it's at level #4.
6851 We did this by hitting
6859 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6864 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6880 \begin_layout Standard
6885 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6892 \begin_layout Labeling
6893 \labelwidthstring MMM
6894 #4-a This is level #4.
6899 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6904 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6908 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6913 keep nesting things inside of
6914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6925 \begin_layout Labeling
6926 \labelwidthstring MMM
6927 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6932 \begin_layout Labeling
6933 \labelwidthstring MMM
6934 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6935 and this is level #6.
6936 By now, you should know how we made these two.
6940 \begin_layout Labeling
6941 \labelwidthstring MMM
6942 #5-b Back to level #5.
6955 \begin_layout Labeling
6956 \labelwidthstring MMM
6965 , we're back at level #4.
6969 \begin_layout Labeling
6970 \labelwidthstring MMM
6971 #3-b Back to level #3.
6972 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
6976 \begin_layout Labeling
6977 \labelwidthstring MMM
6978 #2-b Back to level #2.
6983 \begin_layout Labeling
6984 \labelwidthstring MMM
6985 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
6986 After this sentence, we'll hit
6990 and change the paragraph environment back to
6997 \begin_layout Standard
6998 We could have also used the
7014 environment in place of the
7019 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7022 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7023 Example 2: Inheritance
7026 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7027 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7030 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7040 , after which, we'll change to the
7048 \begin_layout Enumerate
7053 environment, at level #2.
7056 \begin_layout Enumerate
7057 Notice how the nested
7061 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7065 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7069 \begin_layout Standard
7070 We ended this example by hitting
7075 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7079 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7086 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7087 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7099 \begin_layout Standard
7100 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7108 \begin_layout Enumerate
7109 This is level #1, in an
7113 paragraph environment.
7114 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7118 \begin_layout Enumerate
7129 Now, what happens if we nest an
7133 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7134 label be? An asterisk?
7138 \begin_layout Itemize
7148 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7149 So, its label is a bullet.
7150 (We got here by using
7158 , then changing the environment to
7166 \begin_layout Itemize
7167 Here's level #4, produced using
7176 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7181 \begin_layout Enumerate
7182 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7184 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7189 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7193 , because we are in the
7217 \begin_layout Enumerate
7222 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7223 type of numbering does LyX use?
7226 \begin_layout Enumerate
7227 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7231 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7234 \begin_layout Enumerate
7239 to decrease the depth after the next
7247 \begin_layout Enumerate
7249 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7253 \begin_layout Enumerate
7255 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7256 numeral as the label.
7260 \begin_layout Enumerate
7261 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7270 Notice, however, that LyX
7274 reset the counter for the label.
7278 \begin_layout Enumerate
7287 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7288 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7289 into the twofold-nested
7297 \begin_layout Enumerate
7298 The same thing happens if we do another
7306 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7309 \begin_layout Standard
7310 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7315 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
7329 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7335 The same rule applies for the
7339 environment, as well.
7342 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7343 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7346 \begin_layout Enumerate
7347 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7348 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7349 same detail with how we did it.
7358 \begin_layout Standard
7361 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7363 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7364 example in parentheses someplace.
7365 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7366 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7367 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7371 \begin_layout Enumerate
7376 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7381 Now we'll add verse.
7383 It will get much worse.
7387 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7393 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7395 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7407 \begin_layout Standard
7408 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7414 \begin_layout Standard
7416 \begin_inset Tabular
7417 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7419 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7420 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7425 \begin_layout Standard
7440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7443 \begin_layout Standard
7459 <row topline="true">
7460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7463 \begin_layout Standard
7478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7481 \begin_layout Standard
7508 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7512 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7518 \begin_layout Enumerate
7523 : level #1) This is another item.
7524 Note that selecting a
7528 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7529 3 times to put the table inside the
7537 \begin_layout Quotation
7538 We're now ending the
7542 list and changing to
7547 We're still at level #1.
7548 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7549 The next set of paragraphs is a
7550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7566 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7570 for the letter body.
7575 to preserve the depth.
7576 Remember that you need to use
7580 to create multiple lines inside the
7594 \begin_layout Right Address
7597 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7602 \begin_layout Address
7603 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7607 \begin_layout Quotation
7608 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7609 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7612 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7613 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7614 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7615 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7616 as soon as possible.
7617 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7620 \begin_layout Quotation
7621 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7622 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7623 with your order, along with payment.
7626 \begin_layout Quotation
7627 We thank you again for your patience.
7630 \begin_layout Address
7637 \begin_layout Quotation
7638 That ends that example!
7641 \begin_layout Standard
7642 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7643 just a few keystrokes.
7644 We could have easily nested an
7665 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7668 \begin_layout Section
7669 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7672 \begin_layout Subsection
7674 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7675 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7682 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7688 \begin_layout Standard
7689 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7690 in a uniform fashion.
7691 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7692 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7693 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7694 equally between themselves.
7698 \begin_layout Standard
7703 can be inserted with
7705 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7706 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7707 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7711 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7716 This is on the left side
7718 This is on the right
7741 \begin_layout Standard
7742 That was an example in the
7748 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7754 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7757 is one in a standard paragraph.
7758 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7762 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7765 \begin_layout Standard
7766 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7767 Here's an example with the
7774 \begin_layout Labeling
7775 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7787 \begin_layout Standard
7789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7796 marks the beginning of the item.
7797 (There is actually a
7798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7805 HFill inside of the label of the
7809 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7818 situations, like two-column mode.
7821 \begin_layout Standard
7822 Note: if an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7826 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7827 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7828 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7838 ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7840 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7848 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7849 Other space variants
7850 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7851 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7858 \begin_layout Standard
7859 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7860 you have to use ERT, see sec.
7861 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7865 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7871 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7873 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7876 \begin_layout Paragraph
7880 \begin_layout Standard
7881 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7882 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7893 For example the command
7900 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7903 cm space within the following line:
7906 \begin_layout Standard
7908 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7915 \begin_layout Standard
7925 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7929 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7932 cm space between the arrows.
7935 \begin_layout Standard
7936 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7938 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7939 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7946 \begin_layout Paragraph
7950 \begin_layout Standard
7951 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
7953 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
7956 \begin_layout Standard
7957 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7960 What is correct English?:
7965 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
7971 \begin_layout Standard
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7998 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8004 \begin_layout Standard
8005 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
8006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8016 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
8023 In our case write the command
8030 (note the space after
8031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8038 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
8039 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
8040 That is why it is named
8041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8052 \begin_layout Standard
8053 There exists also the commands
8065 , but this too special for the LyX userguide.
8066 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
8067 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
8068 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
8080 \begin_layout Subsection
8082 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8083 name "sec:vertspace"
8090 \begin_layout Standard
8091 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
8093 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8097 There you find the following sizes:
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8113 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
8118 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
8120 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8123 for the paragraph separation.
8124 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
8135 \begin_layout Standard
8140 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
8141 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
8143 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
8144 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
8153 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
8154 If there are several
8158 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
8159 You can therefore use
8163 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
8166 \begin_layout Standard
8171 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8173 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8174 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8181 \begin_layout Standard
8182 Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is
8183 only added if you have also checked the option
8190 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8196 \begin_layout Subsection
8200 \begin_layout Standard
8201 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
8203 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8207 There are four possibilities:
8210 \begin_layout Itemize
8216 \begin_layout Itemize
8222 \begin_layout Itemize
8228 \begin_layout Itemize
8234 \begin_layout Standard
8235 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8236 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8237 the left and right margins.
8238 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8241 \begin_layout Standard
8243 This paragraph is right aligned,
8246 \begin_layout Standard
8248 this one is centered,
8251 \begin_layout Standard
8253 this one is left aligned.
8256 \begin_layout Subsection
8258 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8259 name "sec:pagebreak"
8266 \begin_layout Standard
8267 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8268 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8269 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8270 Only if you use many
8274 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8277 \begin_layout Standard
8278 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8279 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8283 have to change the pagebreaking.
8286 \begin_layout Standard
8287 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8289 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8291 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8295 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8296 that it fills out the complete page.
8297 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8298 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8299 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8310 \begin_layout Standard
8311 More about ERT is in section\InsetSpace ~
8313 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8324 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8325 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8329 \begin_layout Standard
8330 normally one uses simply
8342 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8343 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8346 \begin_layout Standard
8347 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8348 at the top of a page.
8349 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8350 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8351 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8352 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8354 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8355 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8366 \begin_layout Subsection
8370 \begin_layout Standard
8371 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8373 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8375 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8376 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8385 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8386 whole space between the page margins.
8387 This is necessary to avoid
8388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8395 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8396 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8408 The syntax is similar tho the command
8414 , described in the previous section.
8417 \begin_layout Standard
8418 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8419 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8420 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8421 set a linebreak, e.g.
8422 in a poem or for an address (see sections
8423 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8424 reference "sec:quote"
8429 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8430 reference "sec:Verse"
8435 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8436 reference "sec:adress_usage"
8443 \begin_layout Subsection
8445 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8446 name "sub:Protected-blanks"
8453 \begin_layout Standard
8456 protected\InsetSpace ~
8459 is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the line at that point.
8460 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8464 More information is given in section
8470 \begin_layout Standard
8471 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected blank between
8472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8488 A protected blank is inserted with
8490 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8491 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8492 Protected\InsetSpace ~
8500 \begin_layout Subsection
8501 Lines around Paragraphs
8502 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8503 name "sub:Lines-around-Paragraphs"
8510 \begin_layout Standard
8517 \begin_layout Standard
8526 \begin_layout Standard
8534 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8537 you can put lines above and below a paragraph, as this is done for this
8543 \begin_layout Section
8544 Fonts and Text Styles
8545 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8546 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
8553 \begin_layout Subsection
8557 \begin_layout Standard
8558 There are two types of fonts:
8561 \begin_layout Description
8562 Outline\InsetSpace ~
8563 fonts are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
8564 characters) in the font.
8565 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
8566 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
8567 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
8568 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
8569 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
8570 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
8571 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
8572 provide a good image.
8574 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
8575 size and scale them.
8576 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
8577 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
8578 sizes than at small ones.
8596 \begin_layout Description
8598 fonts on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start,
8599 so they will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
8600 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
8601 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
8602 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
8603 picture manipulation program.
8604 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
8605 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
8606 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
8607 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
8608 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
8610 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
8611 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
8613 Bitmap fonts are named
8619 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
8622 \begin_layout Standard
8623 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
8624 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
8625 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
8626 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
8630 \begin_layout Standard
8631 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
8632 its document properties.
8635 \begin_layout Standard
8636 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
8637 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
8638 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
8639 font to emphasize text, you use an
8640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8648 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
8649 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
8653 \begin_layout Subsection
8654 Document Font and Font size
8655 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8656 name "sub:Document-Font"
8663 \begin_layout Standard
8664 You can set the default font in the
8666 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8670 The possible options for the font include
8674 and a list of fonts available on your system.
8679 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
8680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8701 European Computer Modern
8704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8714 \begin_layout Standard
8723 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeld in PDF output, especially when
8724 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
8725 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
8729 in version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
8731 But to get rid of pixeld fonts generally, you have to use an outline font.
8732 We will show you three possibilities to use them:
8735 \begin_layout Itemize
8736 One way is to use the
8740 font by choosing it in the
8742 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8758 and is a virtual font.
8759 Virtual means that it
8760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8771 -glyphs from other fonts.
8772 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
8774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8793 \begin_layout Standard
8794 Loading the LaTeX-package
8798 with the document preamble line
8801 \begin_layout Standard
8806 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
8809 \begin_layout Standard
8810 will fix the guillemet problem.
8816 And accented characters are not
8820 glyph, they are build of
8824 characters, the accent and the letter.
8825 Therefore you can't search in documents that are created with the
8829 font for words with accented characters.
8831 if you search for the French word
8832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8839 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
8841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8848 and not for the glyph
8849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8856 \begin_layout Standard
8866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8870 \begin_inset Note Note
8873 \begin_layout Standard
8881 The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
8882 to be accented with the grave.
8884 More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
8886 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8896 Note, that this problem appears only in the output, because LyX's screen
8897 fonts are different from the one in the output, see the last paragraph
8901 \begin_layout Itemize
8902 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
8906 \begin_layout Standard
8915 , consists of these three main font types
8937 as sans serif font (package
8945 for typewriter (package
8953 as serif font (package
8958 They are loaded in the document preamble (menu
8960 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8963 ) with the following lines:
8964 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8973 usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
8977 usepackage{mathptmx}
8984 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8989 You also have to use
8995 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9000 The differences between
9013 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9015 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9016 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9026 was originally designed for newspapers.
9027 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
9028 into the small newspaper columns.
9033 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
9036 \begin_layout Itemize
9037 The best solution is to use the
9038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9054 This font is developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
9059 To use the font, use
9065 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9068 dialog and add the following line to the document preamble:
9069 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9081 \begin_layout Standard
9082 The document font size is adjusted in the dialog
9084 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9088 There are four possible values:
9105 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 The font sizes are the
9114 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
9115 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
9116 You can always fine-tune the font size of text parts from within the document
9118 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9120 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9121 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9128 \begin_layout Standard
9129 Note that when you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
9133 change the screen font.
9134 You'll only see a difference in the printed output.
9135 This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
9136 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
9138 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9141 dialog, see chapter\InsetSpace ~
9143 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9144 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
9151 \begin_layout Subsection
9152 Using Different Character Styles
9155 \begin_layout Standard
9156 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
9157 certain paragraph environments.
9158 LyX supports two character styles,
9167 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
9171 \begin_layout Standard
9176 style, do one of the following:
9179 \begin_layout Itemize
9180 click on the toolbar button
9181 \begin_inset Graphics
9182 filename ../images/font-noun.xpm
9189 \begin_layout Itemize
9196 \begin_layout Standard
9197 These commands are all toggles.
9202 style is already active, they deactivate it.
9205 \begin_layout Standard
9206 One typically uses the
9210 style for proper names.
9212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9219 is the original author of LyX.
9220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9226 \begin_layout Standard
9227 A more widely used character style is the
9232 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
9239 \begin_layout Itemize
9240 clicking on the toolbar button
9241 \begin_inset Graphics
9242 filename ../images/font-emph.xpm
9249 \begin_layout Itemize
9250 using the keybindings
9256 \begin_layout Standard
9261 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
9262 es use a different font.
9265 \begin_layout Standard
9266 We've been using the
9270 style all over the place in this document.
9271 Here's one more example:
9274 \begin_layout Quotation
9277 Don't overuse character styles!
9280 \begin_layout Standard
9281 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
9282 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
9283 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
9284 the common tendency to overuse character style.
9288 \begin_layout Standard
9289 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
9296 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9303 \begin_layout Subsection
9304 Fine-Tuning with the
9309 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9310 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9317 \begin_layout Standard
9318 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
9319 gives you a way to create custom character style.
9320 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
9321 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
9322 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
9323 from ordinary dialogue.
9326 \begin_layout Standard
9327 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
9328 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
9330 Documents that overuse
9331 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone's
9332 knocked huge holes in it.
9335 \begin_layout Standard
9336 To use custom character styles, open the
9338 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9343 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
9344 font property which you can choose.
9345 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
9350 , which keeps the current state of that property.
9355 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
9356 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
9357 environments in a snap.
9360 \begin_layout Standard
9361 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
9373 \begin_layout Labeling
9374 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9388 The possible options are:
9392 \begin_layout Labeling
9393 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9398 This is the Roman font family.
9399 Normally a serif font.
9400 It's also the default family.
9405 \begin_layout Standard
9423 \begin_layout Standard
9431 \begin_inset Note Note
9434 \begin_layout Standard
9435 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be breaked at the end of a line.
9436 It is explained in section
9437 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9438 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
9450 \begin_layout Labeling
9451 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9459 This is the Sans Serif font family.
9466 \begin_layout Standard
9484 \begin_layout Standard
9494 \begin_layout Labeling
9495 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9502 This is the Typewriter font family.
9509 \begin_layout Standard
9527 \begin_layout Standard
9540 \begin_layout Labeling
9541 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9546 This corresponds to the print weight.
9551 \begin_layout Labeling
9552 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9557 This is the Medium font series.
9558 It's also the default series.
9561 \begin_layout Labeling
9562 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9569 This is the Bold font series.
9576 \begin_layout Standard
9594 \begin_layout Standard
9605 \begin_layout Labeling
9606 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9611 As the name implies.
9616 \begin_layout Labeling
9617 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9622 This is the Upright font shape.
9623 It's also the default shape.
9626 \begin_layout Labeling
9627 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9641 s the Italic font shape
9647 \begin_layout Labeling
9648 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9655 This is the Slanted font shape
9657 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
9660 \begin_layout Labeling
9661 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9669 This is the Small caps font shape
9676 \begin_layout Labeling
9677 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9682 Alters the size of the font.
9683 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
9684 nal to the document font size.
9685 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
9686 what you want to do.
9691 \begin_layout Labeling
9692 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9714 \begin_layout Standard
9732 \begin_layout Standard
9743 \begin_layout Standard
9761 \begin_layout Standard
9771 \begin_layout Labeling
9772 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9794 \begin_layout Standard
9812 \begin_layout Standard
9822 \begin_layout Labeling
9823 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9845 \begin_layout Standard
9863 \begin_layout Standard
9874 \begin_layout Standard
9892 \begin_layout Standard
9902 \begin_layout Labeling
9903 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9925 \begin_layout Standard
9943 \begin_layout Standard
9954 \begin_layout Standard
9972 \begin_layout Standard
9982 \begin_layout Labeling
9983 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9997 It's also the default size.
10002 \begin_layout Standard
10020 \begin_layout Standard
10031 \begin_layout Standard
10049 \begin_layout Standard
10059 \begin_layout Labeling
10060 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10082 \begin_layout Standard
10100 \begin_layout Standard
10111 \begin_layout Standard
10129 \begin_layout Standard
10139 \begin_layout Labeling
10140 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10162 \begin_layout Standard
10180 \begin_layout Standard
10191 \begin_layout Standard
10209 \begin_layout Standard
10219 \begin_layout Labeling
10220 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10242 \begin_layout Standard
10260 \begin_layout Standard
10270 \begin_layout Labeling
10271 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10293 \begin_layout Standard
10311 \begin_layout Standard
10322 \begin_layout Standard
10340 \begin_layout Standard
10350 \begin_layout Labeling
10351 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10373 \begin_layout Standard
10391 \begin_layout Standard
10402 \begin_layout Standard
10420 \begin_layout Standard
10431 \begin_layout Standard
10436 : don't go crazy with this feature.
10437 You should almost never need to change the font size.
10438 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
10439 - use that instead.
10440 This is here for fine-tuning only!
10443 \begin_layout Labeling
10444 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10449 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
10454 \begin_layout Labeling
10455 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10462 This is text with emphasize on
10465 This might seem like the same as
10469 , but it is actually a bit different.
10475 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
10477 Normally this font is equal to italic.
10480 \begin_layout Labeling
10481 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10488 This is text with Underbar on.
10495 \begin_layout Standard
10513 \begin_layout Standard
10526 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
10527 when you couldn't change fonts.
10528 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
10529 It's only included in LyX because some people
10533 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
10536 \begin_layout Labeling
10537 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10544 This is text with Noun on.
10551 , this is a logical attribute.
10552 Normally it's equivalent to
10561 \begin_layout Labeling
10562 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10567 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
10568 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
10574 , which is the default
10575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10582 and means normally black, you can choose between
10617 \begin_layout Labeling
10618 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10623 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
10624 the language of the document.
10625 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
10629 \begin_layout Standard
10630 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
10631 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
10633 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10637 dialog, the settings are saved.
10638 You can activate them using the toolbar button
10639 \begin_inset Graphics
10640 filename ../images/font-free-apply.xpm
10645 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
10646 when the dialog isn't visible.
10650 \begin_layout Standard
10651 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
10657 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
10658 (suppose you just set the shape to
10659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10676 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
10686 \begin_layout Standard
10687 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
10704 \begin_layout Itemize
10710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10717 font, that means every character has the same width, the
10718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10740 \begin_layout Standard
10753 \begin_layout Standard
10765 \begin_inset Note Note
10768 \begin_layout Standard
10769 For more on phantoms see section
10770 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
10771 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
10785 \begin_layout Itemize
10790 fonts use characters with serifs.
10791 These are the small
10792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10799 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
10800 The following example will show the difference:
10806 text without serifs
10810 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
10811 They are therefore used as default font (named
10818 \begin_layout Itemize
10824 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
10825 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
10828 \begin_layout Standard
10829 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
10830 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
10833 \begin_layout Section
10834 Printing and Previewing
10837 \begin_layout Subsection
10841 \begin_layout Standard
10842 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
10843 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
10844 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
10845 goes on behind-the-scenes.
10846 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
10853 \begin_layout Standard
10854 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
10855 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
10856 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
10857 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
10858 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
10859 This happens in two stages:
10862 \begin_layout Enumerate
10863 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
10864 generating a file with the extension,
10865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10879 \begin_layout Enumerate
10880 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
10884 file to produce printable output.
10888 \begin_layout Subsection
10889 Output file formats
10890 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10891 name "File formats"
10896 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
10897 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
10904 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10906 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10907 name "File formats ! ASCII"
10914 \begin_layout Standard
10915 This file type has the extension
10916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10928 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
10929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10932 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
10933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10939 \begin_layout Standard
10940 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
10942 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10943 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10949 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10951 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10952 name "File formats ! LaTeX"
10959 \begin_layout Standard
10960 This file type has the extension
10961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10972 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
10974 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
10975 it manually with console commands.
10976 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
10977 you view or export your document.
10980 \begin_layout Standard
10981 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
10983 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10984 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10989 \begin_layout Standard
11001 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11003 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11004 name "File formats ! DVI"
11011 \begin_layout Standard
11012 This file type has the extension
11013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11033 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
11034 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11035 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
11037 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
11041 \begin_layout Standard
11042 NOTE: The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
11043 So don't forget this, if you move your
11047 file to another computer.
11048 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
11049 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
11050 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
11051 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
11054 \begin_layout Standard
11055 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
11057 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11058 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11064 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11066 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11067 name "File formats ! PostScript"
11074 \begin_layout Standard
11075 This file type has the extension
11076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11088 PostScript was developed by the company
11092 as printer language.
11093 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
11095 PostScript can be seen as
11096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11099 programming language
11100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11103 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images
11107 \begin_layout Standard
11108 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
11119 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
11122 \begin_layout Standard
11123 PostScript can only contain images in the format
11124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11127 Encapsulated PostScript
11128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11131 (EPS, file extension
11132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11144 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
11145 to convert them in the background to EPS.
11146 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
11147 whenever you view or export your document.
11148 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
11149 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
11150 EPS to avoid this problem.
11153 \begin_layout Standard
11154 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
11156 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11157 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11163 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11165 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11166 name "File formats ! PDF"
11171 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11179 \begin_layout Standard
11180 This file type has the extension
11181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11197 Portable Document Format
11198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11201 (PDF) is developed by
11205 as derivative from PostScript.
11206 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
11208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11215 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
11216 looks exactly the same.
11219 \begin_layout Standard
11220 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
11221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11224 Joint Photographic Experts Group
11225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11228 (JPG, file extension
11229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11256 Portable Network Graphics
11257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11260 (PNG, file extension
11261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11273 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
11274 in the background to one of these formats.
11275 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
11276 will slow down your workflow.
11277 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
11280 \begin_layout Standard
11281 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
11283 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11286 in three different ways:
11289 \begin_layout Description
11290 PDF This uses the program
11294 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
11295 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
11299 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
11300 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
11303 \begin_layout Description
11305 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
11309 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
11313 \begin_layout Description
11315 (pdflatex) This uses the program
11319 that converts your file directly to PDF.
11322 \begin_layout Standard
11323 We recommend to use
11332 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
11338 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
11341 \begin_layout Subsection
11343 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11344 name "Document ! Preview "
11351 \begin_layout Standard
11352 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11353 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
11357 and choose a file type.
11358 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
11361 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11364 you can use the toolbar button
11365 \begin_inset Graphics
11366 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.xpm
11376 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11380 you can use the toolbar button
11381 \begin_inset Graphics
11382 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.xpm
11389 \begin_layout Standard
11390 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
11391 viewer window using the menu
11393 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11399 \begin_layout Standard
11400 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
11402 To have a real output, export your document.
11405 \begin_layout Subsection
11406 Printing the File from within LyX
11407 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11408 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
11415 \begin_layout Standard
11416 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
11417 it directly from within LyX.
11418 To print a file, select the menu
11420 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11423 or click on the toolbar button
11424 \begin_inset Graphics
11425 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.xpm
11430 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
11431 This file is then processed by the program
11435 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
11440 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
11443 \begin_layout Standard
11444 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11445 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
11446 printing one set to print on the other side.
11447 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11448 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11449 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11452 \begin_layout Standard
11453 You can set the parameters in the
11461 \begin_layout Labeling
11462 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11467 This is the name of the printer to print to
11471 \begin_layout Standard
11472 Note that this printer name is for the program
11481 has to be configured for this printer name.
11482 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see chapter\InsetSpace ~
11484 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11485 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
11495 The printer should understand PostScript.
11498 \begin_layout Labeling
11499 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11504 The name of a file to print to.
11505 The output will be a PostScript file.
11506 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
11510 \begin_layout Section
11511 A few Words about Typography
11512 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11520 \begin_layout Subsection
11522 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11528 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11536 \begin_layout Standard
11538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11549 character comes in three lengths, often called the
11564 \begin_layout Enumerate
11570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11584 \begin_layout Enumerate
11590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11599 \begin_layout Standard
11611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11617 \begin_layout Enumerate
11623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11632 \begin_layout Standard
11645 \begin_layout Standard
11657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11663 \begin_layout Enumerate
11667 \begin_inset Formula $-$
11673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11687 \begin_layout Standard
11688 You generate them by inserting the
11689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11700 character multiple times in a row.
11701 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
11702 final output, but not in LyX.
11705 \begin_layout Standard
11706 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
11707 math mode and has a length of its own.
11708 Here are some examples of the
11709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11723 \begin_layout Enumerate
11724 line- and page-breaks
11733 \begin_layout Enumerate
11743 \begin_layout Enumerate
11744 Oh --- there's a dash.
11753 \begin_layout Enumerate
11754 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
11766 \begin_layout Subsection
11768 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11774 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11775 name "sub:Hyphenation"
11782 \begin_layout Standard
11783 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
11784 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package babel following the rules of the
11789 \begin_layout Standard
11790 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
11797 German\InsetSpace ~
11803 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11814 \begin_layout Standard
11815 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
11820 and with unusual constructs, like
11821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11829 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
11830 This is done with the menu
11832 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11833 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11834 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
11838 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
11839 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
11842 \begin_layout Standard
11843 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
11844 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
11845 a hyphen and a space in the form
11846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11854 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
11855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11862 as hyphenation possibility.
11863 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
11864 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
11865 of the LaTeX-box-command
11871 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
11872 As LyX doesn't support
11878 , we have to use ERT.
11879 The result looks in LyX like:
11882 \begin_layout Standard
11883 \begin_inset Graphics
11884 filename clipart/mbox.png
11891 \begin_layout Standard
11892 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
11894 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11895 reference "sec:ERT"
11902 \begin_layout Subsection
11904 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11905 name "Punctuation marks"
11912 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11913 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
11914 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11922 \begin_layout Standard
11923 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
11924 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
11925 LaTeX then adds the
11926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11929 appropriate amount of space
11930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11934 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
11936 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
11939 \begin_layout Standard
11940 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
11943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11954 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
11955 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
11958 \begin_layout Standard
11959 Here are some examples of
11963 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
11966 \begin_layout Itemize
11971 \begin_layout Itemize
11976 \begin_layout Standard
11977 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
11980 \begin_layout Itemize
11983 this is too much space!
11986 \begin_layout Itemize
11991 \begin_layout Standard
11992 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
11995 \begin_layout Standard
11996 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
11999 \begin_layout Enumerate
12002 Protected\InsetSpace ~
12005 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
12006 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12007 reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
12014 \begin_layout Enumerate
12023 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12024 Special\InsetSpace ~
12031 ) to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12034 \begin_layout Standard
12035 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12038 \begin_layout Itemize
12041 this is too much space!
12044 \begin_layout Itemize
12045 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12049 \begin_layout Standard
12050 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12051 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
12052 LaTeX will care about this.
12055 \begin_layout Standard
12056 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12059 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12063 feature described in
12070 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12072 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12073 name "Typography ! Quotes"
12078 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12079 name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
12084 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12092 \begin_layout Standard
12093 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12094 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12095 and use a closing quote at the end.
12097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12105 The keyboard character,
12109 , generates this automatically.
12112 \begin_layout Standard
12113 You can change the behavior of the
12117 key using the submenu
12123 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12127 Selecting the button
12135 key produce the sequence:
12136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12148 , in contrast, makes the
12153 \begin_inset Quotes els
12159 \begin_layout Standard
12160 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
12165 There are six choices:
12168 \begin_layout Labeling
12169 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12181 Use quotes like this
12182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12190 \begin_inset Quotes els
12194 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12200 \begin_layout Labeling
12201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12204 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12208 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12214 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12218 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12222 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12228 \begin_layout Labeling
12229 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12232 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12236 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12242 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12246 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12250 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12254 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12260 \begin_layout Labeling
12261 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12264 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12268 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12274 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12278 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12282 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12286 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12292 \begin_layout Labeling
12293 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12296 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12300 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12306 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12310 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12314 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12318 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12324 \begin_layout Labeling
12325 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12328 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12332 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12338 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12342 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12346 \begin_inset Quotes als
12350 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12356 \begin_layout Standard
12357 These options affects what character the
12364 \begin_layout Standard
12365 On the other hand, if you want to produce a plain text quote character,
12378 \begin_layout Subsection
12380 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12381 name "Typography ! Ligatures"
12386 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12387 name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
12392 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12393 name "sec:ligatures"
12400 \begin_layout Standard
12401 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12402 print them as single characters.
12403 These groups are known as
12408 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
12410 Here are the standard ligatures:
12413 \begin_layout Itemize
12417 \begin_layout Itemize
12421 \begin_layout Itemize
12425 \begin_layout Itemize
12429 \begin_layout Itemize
12433 \begin_layout Standard
12434 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
12437 \begin_layout Standard
12438 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12439 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12447 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12463 To break a ligature, use
12465 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12466 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12467 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12483 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12500 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12508 \begin_layout Subsection
12510 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12511 name "LyX ! Proper names"
12516 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12517 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
12524 \begin_layout Standard
12525 You have surely noticed, that the word
12526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12533 appears always with characters in different size and height.
12534 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
12535 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
12536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12543 \begin_layout Standard
12551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12555 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
12559 \begin_layout Description
12560 LyX The name of the game, write
12561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12568 \begin_layout Standard
12576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12582 \begin_layout Description
12583 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
12584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12591 \begin_layout Standard
12599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12605 \begin_layout Description
12606 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
12607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12614 \begin_layout Standard
12622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12628 \begin_layout Description
12629 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
12630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12637 \begin_layout Standard
12645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12651 \begin_layout Standard
12652 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
12653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12657 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
12661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12665 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
12666 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
12667 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
12670 : The actual version is
12671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12678 , the previous one was
12679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12689 \begin_layout Standard
12690 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
12691 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
12692 This will look in LyX like:
12693 \begin_inset Graphics
12694 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
12700 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
12702 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12703 reference "sec:ERT"
12710 \begin_layout Subsection
12712 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12713 name "Typography ! Units"
12720 \begin_layout Standard
12721 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
12722 space between two words.
12723 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
12726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12733 for units use the menu
12735 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12736 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12747 \begin_layout Standard
12748 Here's an example to show the differences:
12751 \begin_layout Standard
12752 \begin_inset Tabular
12753 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
12755 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
12756 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
12758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
12761 \begin_layout Standard
12764 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
12772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
12775 \begin_layout Standard
12776 space between number and unit
12783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
12786 \begin_layout Standard
12787 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12789 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
12797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
12800 \begin_layout Standard
12801 half space between number and unit
12814 \begin_layout Subsection
12816 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12817 name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
12822 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12830 \begin_layout Standard
12831 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
12833 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
12834 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
12835 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
12836 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
12837 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
12838 These dangly-bits of text became known as
12849 \begin_layout Standard
12850 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
12851 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
12852 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
12853 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
12854 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
12855 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
12856 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
12859 \begin_layout Standard
12860 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
12861 or how you can tweak that behavior.
12862 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
12864 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
12865 key "latexcompanion"
12871 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
12876 ] may have more information.
12877 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
12880 \begin_layout Chapter
12881 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
12882 \begin_inset OptArg
12885 \begin_layout Standard
12892 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12893 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
12900 \begin_layout Standard
12901 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
12906 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
12909 \begin_layout Section
12911 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12919 \begin_layout Standard
12920 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
12923 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12926 or the toolbar button
12927 \begin_inset Graphics
12928 filename ../images/footnote-insert.xpm
12941 \begin_inset Graphics
12942 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
12952 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
12962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12981 label, the box will
12985 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
12986 Clicking on the box label again, will close
12999 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
13015 \begin_layout Standard
13016 Here's an example footnote:
13024 \begin_layout Standard
13025 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13033 \begin_layout Standard
13034 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
13035 position where the footnote box is placed.
13036 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
13037 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
13038 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
13039 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
13040 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
13045 ey are described in the section
13046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13051 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
13052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13068 \begin_layout Section
13070 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13071 name "Marginal notes"
13078 \begin_layout Standard
13079 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13080 When you insert a margin note via the menu
13082 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13083 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
13086 or the toolbar button
13087 \begin_inset Graphics
13088 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.xpm
13108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13115 appearing within your text.
13116 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
13125 \begin_layout Standard
13126 At the side is an example marginal note.
13130 \begin_inset Marginal
13133 \begin_layout Standard
13134 This is a marginal note.
13142 \begin_layout Standard
13143 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
13144 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
13145 pages, right on odd pages.
13148 \begin_layout Section
13149 Graphics and Images
13150 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13156 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13162 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13163 name "sec:Graphics"
13170 \begin_layout Standard
13171 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
13172 you want and click on the toolbar icon
13173 \begin_inset Graphics
13174 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.xpm
13180 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13184 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
13187 \begin_layout Standard
13188 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
13193 tab allows you to choose your image file.
13194 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
13195 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
13197 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
13199 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13200 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
13207 \begin_layout Standard
13212 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
13213 of the image in the output.
13214 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
13226 bounding\InsetSpace ~
13229 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
13230 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
13238 \begin_layout Standard
13239 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13244 You can also set the
13248 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
13249 This option is explained in sec.
13250 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
13254 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13255 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13265 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
13266 image size is printed.
13269 \begin_layout Standard
13270 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
13271 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
13273 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
13274 centered paragraph:
13277 \begin_layout Standard
13279 \begin_inset Graphics
13280 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13283 rotateOrigin center
13290 \begin_layout Standard
13291 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
13292 the image into a float, see sec.
13293 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
13297 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13298 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13305 \begin_layout Subsection
13307 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13308 name "Image formats"
13313 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13314 name "sub:Image-Formats"
13321 \begin_layout Standard
13322 You can insert images in any known file format.
13323 But as we explained in sec.
13324 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
13328 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13329 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13333 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
13334 LyX uses therefore the program
13338 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
13339 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
13340 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of sec.
13341 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
13345 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13346 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13353 \begin_layout Standard
13354 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
13357 \begin_layout Description
13358 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
13359 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
13360 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeld in large zooms.
13361 Well-known bitmap image formats are
13362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13365 Graphics Interchange Format
13366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13369 (GIF, file extension
13370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13382 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13383 name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
13388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13391 Portable Network Graphics
13392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13395 (PNG, file extension
13396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13408 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13409 name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
13414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13417 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13421 (JPG, file extension
13422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13446 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13447 name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
13454 \begin_layout Description
13455 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
13456 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
13458 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
13459 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
13460 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
13463 calable image formats can be
13464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13467 Scalable Vector Graphics
13468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13471 (SVG, file extension
13472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13484 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13485 name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
13490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13493 Encapsulated PostScript
13494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13497 (EPS, file extension
13498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13510 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13511 name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
13516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13519 Portable Document Format
13520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13523 (PDF, file extension
13524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13536 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13542 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
13543 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
13544 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
13549 \begin_layout Standard
13550 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
13558 \begin_layout Standard
13559 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
13563 \begin_layout Section
13565 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13571 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13579 \begin_layout Standard
13580 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
13581 \begin_inset Graphics
13582 filename ../images/tabular-insert.xpm
13589 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13593 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
13594 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
13595 from the rest of the table.
13596 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
13597 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
13599 Here's an example table:
13602 \begin_layout Standard
13604 \begin_inset Tabular
13605 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
13607 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
13608 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
13609 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
13610 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
13611 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13615 \begin_layout Standard
13621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13624 \begin_layout Standard
13639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13642 \begin_layout Standard
13648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13651 \begin_layout Standard
13658 <row topline="true">
13659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13662 \begin_layout Standard
13677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13680 \begin_layout Standard
13686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13689 \begin_layout Standard
13695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13698 \begin_layout Standard
13705 <row topline="true">
13706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13709 \begin_layout Standard
13724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13727 \begin_layout Standard
13733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13736 \begin_layout Standard
13746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13749 \begin_layout Standard
13756 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13760 \begin_layout Standard
13775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13778 \begin_layout Standard
13784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13787 \begin_layout Standard
13793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13796 \begin_layout Standard
13810 \begin_layout Subsection
13814 \begin_layout Standard
13815 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
13816 brings up the table dialog.
13817 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
13818 where the cursor is placed currently.
13819 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
13820 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
13821 done on all of your selection.
13822 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
13826 of the cell, and the cell itself.
13827 If you can see a red border inside a cell, you only selected the cell content.
13830 \begin_layout Standard
13836 you can delete the current row/column and set the horizontal alignment
13837 for the current row.
13838 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
13839 current cell respectively.
13840 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
13842 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
13844 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
13848 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13849 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
13856 \begin_layout Standard
13857 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
13863 This will merge the cells to
13867 cell, spread over more than one column.
13868 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
13869 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
13870 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
13871 in the last row without the upper border:
13874 \begin_layout Standard
13876 \begin_inset Tabular
13877 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
13878 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
13879 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
13880 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
13881 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
13882 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
13883 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13887 \begin_layout Standard
13893 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13896 \begin_layout Standard
13902 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13905 \begin_layout Standard
13911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13914 \begin_layout Standard
13921 <row topline="true">
13922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13925 \begin_layout Standard
13940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13943 \begin_layout Standard
13949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13952 \begin_layout Standard
13958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13961 \begin_layout Standard
13968 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13972 \begin_layout Standard
13978 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13981 \begin_layout Standard
13987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13990 \begin_layout Standard
13996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13999 \begin_layout Standard
14013 \begin_layout Standard
14014 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
14015 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
14016 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
14017 explained in the tables section of the
14019 Extended\InsetSpace ~
14023 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
14024 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
14027 degrees counterclockwise.
14028 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
14029 Note, that most DVI-viewers are
14033 able to display rotations.
14036 \begin_layout Standard
14041 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
14046 adds lines for all cell borders.
14049 \begin_layout Subsection
14051 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14052 name "Tables ! Longtables"
14059 \begin_layout Standard
14060 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
14070 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
14071 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
14074 \begin_layout Description
14079 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14080 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
14081 except for the first page, if
14089 \begin_layout Description
14095 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14096 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
14099 \begin_layout Description
14104 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14105 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
14106 except for the last page, if
14114 \begin_layout Description
14120 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14121 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
14124 \begin_layout Standard
14125 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
14126 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
14127 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
14128 The others will then be defined as
14133 In this context, first means first in this order:
14135 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
14148 See the following longtable to see how it works:
14151 \begin_layout Standard
14153 \begin_inset Tabular
14154 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
14155 <features islongtable="true">
14156 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
14157 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
14158 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14159 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14160 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14163 \begin_layout Standard
14166 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
14171 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14174 \begin_layout Standard
14180 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14183 \begin_layout Standard
14190 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14191 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14194 \begin_layout Standard
14202 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14205 \begin_layout Standard
14211 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14214 \begin_layout Standard
14223 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14224 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14227 \begin_layout Standard
14235 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14238 \begin_layout Standard
14244 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14247 \begin_layout Standard
14254 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14255 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14258 \begin_layout Standard
14266 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14269 \begin_layout Standard
14275 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14278 \begin_layout Standard
14287 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
14288 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14291 \begin_layout Standard
14299 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14302 \begin_layout Standard
14308 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14311 \begin_layout Standard
14318 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14322 \begin_layout Standard
14330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14333 \begin_layout Standard
14339 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14342 \begin_layout Standard
14349 <row bottomline="true">
14350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14353 \begin_layout Standard
14361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14364 \begin_layout Standard
14370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14373 \begin_layout Standard
14380 <row bottomline="true">
14381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14384 \begin_layout Standard
14392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14395 \begin_layout Standard
14401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14404 \begin_layout Standard
14411 <row bottomline="true">
14412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14415 \begin_layout Standard
14423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14426 \begin_layout Standard
14432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14435 \begin_layout Standard
14442 <row bottomline="true">
14443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14446 \begin_layout Standard
14454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14457 \begin_layout Standard
14463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14466 \begin_layout Standard
14473 <row bottomline="true">
14474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14477 \begin_layout Standard
14485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14488 \begin_layout Standard
14494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14497 \begin_layout Standard
14504 <row bottomline="true">
14505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14508 \begin_layout Standard
14516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14519 \begin_layout Standard
14525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14528 \begin_layout Standard
14535 <row bottomline="true">
14536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14539 \begin_layout Standard
14547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14550 \begin_layout Standard
14556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14559 \begin_layout Standard
14566 <row bottomline="true">
14567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14570 \begin_layout Standard
14578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14581 \begin_layout Standard
14587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14590 \begin_layout Standard
14597 <row bottomline="true">
14598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14601 \begin_layout Standard
14609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14612 \begin_layout Standard
14618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14621 \begin_layout Standard
14628 <row bottomline="true">
14629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14632 \begin_layout Standard
14640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14643 \begin_layout Standard
14649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14652 \begin_layout Standard
14659 <row bottomline="true">
14660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14663 \begin_layout Standard
14671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14674 \begin_layout Standard
14680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14683 \begin_layout Standard
14690 <row bottomline="true">
14691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14694 \begin_layout Standard
14702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14705 \begin_layout Standard
14711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14714 \begin_layout Standard
14721 <row bottomline="true">
14722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14725 \begin_layout Standard
14733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14736 \begin_layout Standard
14742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14745 \begin_layout Standard
14752 <row bottomline="true">
14753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14756 \begin_layout Standard
14764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14767 \begin_layout Standard
14773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14776 \begin_layout Standard
14783 <row bottomline="true">
14784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14787 \begin_layout Standard
14795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14798 \begin_layout Standard
14804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14807 \begin_layout Standard
14814 <row bottomline="true">
14815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14818 \begin_layout Standard
14826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14829 \begin_layout Standard
14835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14838 \begin_layout Standard
14845 <row bottomline="true">
14846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14849 \begin_layout Standard
14857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14860 \begin_layout Standard
14866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14869 \begin_layout Standard
14876 <row bottomline="true">
14877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14880 \begin_layout Standard
14888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14891 \begin_layout Standard
14897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14900 \begin_layout Standard
14907 <row bottomline="true">
14908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14911 \begin_layout Standard
14919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14922 \begin_layout Standard
14928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14931 \begin_layout Standard
14938 <row bottomline="true">
14939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14942 \begin_layout Standard
14950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14953 \begin_layout Standard
14959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14962 \begin_layout Standard
14969 <row bottomline="true">
14970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14973 \begin_layout Standard
14981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14984 \begin_layout Standard
14990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14993 \begin_layout Standard
15000 <row bottomline="true">
15001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15004 \begin_layout Standard
15012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15015 \begin_layout Standard
15021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15024 \begin_layout Standard
15031 <row bottomline="true">
15032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15035 \begin_layout Standard
15043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15046 \begin_layout Standard
15052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15055 \begin_layout Standard
15062 <row bottomline="true">
15063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15066 \begin_layout Standard
15074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15077 \begin_layout Standard
15083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15086 \begin_layout Standard
15093 <row bottomline="true">
15094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15097 \begin_layout Standard
15105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15108 \begin_layout Standard
15114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15117 \begin_layout Standard
15124 <row bottomline="true">
15125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15128 \begin_layout Standard
15136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15139 \begin_layout Standard
15145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15148 \begin_layout Standard
15155 <row bottomline="true">
15156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15159 \begin_layout Standard
15167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15170 \begin_layout Standard
15176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15179 \begin_layout Standard
15186 <row bottomline="true">
15187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15190 \begin_layout Standard
15198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15201 \begin_layout Standard
15207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15210 \begin_layout Standard
15217 <row bottomline="true">
15218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15221 \begin_layout Standard
15229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15232 \begin_layout Standard
15238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15241 \begin_layout Standard
15248 <row bottomline="true">
15249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15252 \begin_layout Standard
15260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15263 \begin_layout Standard
15269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15272 \begin_layout Standard
15279 <row bottomline="true">
15280 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15283 \begin_layout Standard
15289 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15292 \begin_layout Standard
15298 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15301 \begin_layout Standard
15308 <row bottomline="true">
15309 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15312 \begin_layout Standard
15320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15323 \begin_layout Standard
15329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15332 \begin_layout Standard
15339 <row bottomline="true">
15340 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15343 \begin_layout Standard
15351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15354 \begin_layout Standard
15360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15363 \begin_layout Standard
15370 <row bottomline="true">
15371 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15374 \begin_layout Standard
15382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15385 \begin_layout Standard
15391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15394 \begin_layout Standard
15401 <row bottomline="true">
15402 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15405 \begin_layout Standard
15413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15416 \begin_layout Standard
15422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15425 \begin_layout Standard
15432 <row bottomline="true">
15433 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15436 \begin_layout Standard
15444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15447 \begin_layout Standard
15453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15456 \begin_layout Standard
15463 <row bottomline="true">
15464 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15467 \begin_layout Standard
15475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15478 \begin_layout Standard
15484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15487 \begin_layout Standard
15494 <row bottomline="true">
15495 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15498 \begin_layout Standard
15506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15509 \begin_layout Standard
15515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15518 \begin_layout Standard
15525 <row bottomline="true">
15526 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15529 \begin_layout Standard
15537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15540 \begin_layout Standard
15546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15549 \begin_layout Standard
15556 <row bottomline="true">
15557 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15560 \begin_layout Standard
15568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15571 \begin_layout Standard
15577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15580 \begin_layout Standard
15587 <row bottomline="true">
15588 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15591 \begin_layout Standard
15599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15602 \begin_layout Standard
15608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15611 \begin_layout Standard
15618 <row bottomline="true">
15619 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15622 \begin_layout Standard
15630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15633 \begin_layout Standard
15639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15642 \begin_layout Standard
15649 <row bottomline="true">
15650 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15653 \begin_layout Standard
15661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15664 \begin_layout Standard
15670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15673 \begin_layout Standard
15680 <row bottomline="true">
15681 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15684 \begin_layout Standard
15692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15695 \begin_layout Standard
15701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15704 \begin_layout Standard
15711 <row bottomline="true">
15712 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15715 \begin_layout Standard
15723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15726 \begin_layout Standard
15732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15735 \begin_layout Standard
15742 <row bottomline="true">
15743 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15746 \begin_layout Standard
15754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15757 \begin_layout Standard
15763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15766 \begin_layout Standard
15773 <row bottomline="true">
15774 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15777 \begin_layout Standard
15785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15788 \begin_layout Standard
15794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15797 \begin_layout Standard
15804 <row bottomline="true">
15805 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15808 \begin_layout Standard
15816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15819 \begin_layout Standard
15825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15828 \begin_layout Standard
15835 <row bottomline="true">
15836 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15839 \begin_layout Standard
15847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15850 \begin_layout Standard
15856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15859 \begin_layout Standard
15866 <row bottomline="true">
15867 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15870 \begin_layout Standard
15878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15881 \begin_layout Standard
15887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15890 \begin_layout Standard
15897 <row bottomline="true">
15898 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15901 \begin_layout Standard
15909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15912 \begin_layout Standard
15918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15921 \begin_layout Standard
15928 <row bottomline="true">
15929 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15932 \begin_layout Standard
15940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15943 \begin_layout Standard
15949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15952 \begin_layout Standard
15959 <row bottomline="true">
15960 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15963 \begin_layout Standard
15971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15974 \begin_layout Standard
15980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15983 \begin_layout Standard
15990 <row bottomline="true">
15991 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15994 \begin_layout Standard
16002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16005 \begin_layout Standard
16011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16014 \begin_layout Standard
16021 <row bottomline="true">
16022 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16025 \begin_layout Standard
16033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16036 \begin_layout Standard
16042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16045 \begin_layout Standard
16052 <row bottomline="true">
16053 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16056 \begin_layout Standard
16064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16067 \begin_layout Standard
16073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16076 \begin_layout Standard
16083 <row bottomline="true">
16084 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16087 \begin_layout Standard
16095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16098 \begin_layout Standard
16104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16107 \begin_layout Standard
16114 <row bottomline="true">
16115 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16118 \begin_layout Standard
16126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16129 \begin_layout Standard
16135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16138 \begin_layout Standard
16145 <row bottomline="true">
16146 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16149 \begin_layout Standard
16157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16160 \begin_layout Standard
16166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16169 \begin_layout Standard
16176 <row bottomline="true">
16177 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16180 \begin_layout Standard
16188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16191 \begin_layout Standard
16197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16200 \begin_layout Standard
16207 <row bottomline="true">
16208 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16211 \begin_layout Standard
16219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16222 \begin_layout Standard
16228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16231 \begin_layout Standard
16238 <row bottomline="true">
16239 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16242 \begin_layout Standard
16250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16253 \begin_layout Standard
16259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16262 \begin_layout Standard
16269 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
16270 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16273 \begin_layout Standard
16281 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16284 \begin_layout Standard
16290 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16293 \begin_layout Standard
16307 \begin_layout Subsection
16309 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16310 name "Tables ! Cells"
16315 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16316 name "sub:Table-Cells"
16323 \begin_layout Standard
16324 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
16325 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
16326 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
16327 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16331 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16332 for the cell's paragraph.
16335 \begin_layout Standard
16336 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
16337 for the column in the table dialog.
16338 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
16339 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
16343 \begin_layout Standard
16345 \begin_inset Tabular
16346 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
16348 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16349 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
16350 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16351 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16355 \begin_layout Standard
16370 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16373 \begin_layout Standard
16388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16391 \begin_layout Standard
16408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16411 \begin_layout Standard
16426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16429 \begin_layout Standard
16439 This is a multiline entry in a table.
16444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16447 \begin_layout Standard
16463 <row bottomline="true">
16464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16467 \begin_layout Standard
16482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16485 \begin_layout Standard
16495 This is longer now.
16500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16503 \begin_layout Standard
16519 <row bottomline="true">
16520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16523 \begin_layout Standard
16538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16541 \begin_layout Standard
16551 This is a multiline entry in a table.
16552 This is longer now.
16557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16560 \begin_layout Standard
16583 \begin_layout Standard
16584 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
16585 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
16586 Selection with the mouse or with
16590 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
16591 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
16592 the selection from outside the table.
16595 \begin_layout Section
16597 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16603 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16611 \begin_layout Standard
16612 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
16613 have a fixed location.
16615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16622 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
16629 Margin\InsetSpace ~
16632 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
16633 too much notes at the page.
16636 \begin_layout Standard
16637 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
16638 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
16639 and pages without text.
16640 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
16641 , every float can be referenced in the text.
16642 Floats are therefore numbered.
16643 Referencing is described in sec.
16644 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16648 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16649 reference "sec:Cross-References"
16656 \begin_layout Standard
16657 To insert a float, use the menu
16659 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16663 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
16666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16669 Figure\InsetSpace ~
16671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16674 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
16675 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
16677 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
16678 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
16679 paragraph within the float.
16680 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
16681 by left-clicking on the box label.
16682 A closed float box looks like this:
16683 \begin_inset Graphics
16684 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
16689 -- a gray button with a red label.
16692 \begin_layout Standard
16693 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
16694 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
16697 \begin_layout Subsection
16701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16703 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16704 name "Floats ! Figure floats"
16709 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16710 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
16717 \begin_layout Standard
16720 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16721 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16724 inserts a float with the label
16725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16730 Figure\InsetSpace ~
16734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16738 Set the cursor behind this label, press enter and insert the image as described
16739 above to get the caption printed below the image.
16740 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
16742 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16743 reference "cap:kill-plat"
16748 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
16749 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
16750 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
16752 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16753 reference "cap:escher"
16760 \begin_layout Standard
16761 \begin_inset Float figure
16766 \begin_layout Standard
16768 \begin_inset Graphics
16769 filename clipart/platypus.eps
16772 rotateOrigin center
16779 \begin_layout Standard
16780 \begin_inset Caption
16782 \begin_layout Standard
16783 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16784 name "cap:kill-plat"
16788 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
16801 \begin_layout Standard
16802 \begin_inset Float figure
16807 \begin_layout Standard
16808 \begin_inset Caption
16810 \begin_layout Standard
16811 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16825 \begin_layout Standard
16827 \begin_inset Graphics
16828 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
16831 rotateOrigin center
16843 \begin_layout Standard
16844 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
16846 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
16848 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16849 reference "sec:Cross-References"
16853 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
16855 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16858 and refer to it using the menu
16860 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16864 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
16866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16873 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
16875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16885 \begin_layout Standard
16886 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
16887 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
16888 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
16894 in the appearing dialog, use the option
16898 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
16899 Figure\InsetSpace ~
16901 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16902 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
16906 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
16907 You can also set the images one below the other.
16910 \begin_layout Standard
16911 \begin_inset Float figure
16916 \begin_layout Standard
16920 \begin_inset Graphics
16921 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
16924 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
16931 \begin_inset Graphics
16932 filename clipart/platypus.eps
16936 subcaptionText "Platypus"
16945 \begin_layout Standard
16946 \begin_inset Caption
16948 \begin_layout Standard
16949 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16950 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
16954 Two distorted images.
16967 \begin_layout Standard
16968 Note that the caption is added to the
16974 as described in sec.
16975 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16979 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16980 reference "sec:ListsOf"
16987 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16989 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16990 name "Floats ! Table floats"
16995 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16996 name "sec:Table-Floats"
17003 \begin_layout Standard
17004 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
17006 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17007 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17011 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
17015 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17016 reference "cap:a table float"
17020 is an example of a table float.
17023 \begin_layout Standard
17024 \begin_inset Float table
17029 \begin_layout Standard
17030 \begin_inset Caption
17032 \begin_layout Standard
17033 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17034 name "cap:a table float"
17046 \begin_layout Standard
17048 \begin_inset Tabular
17049 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17051 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17052 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17053 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17054 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17058 \begin_layout Standard
17073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17076 \begin_layout Standard
17091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17094 \begin_layout Standard
17110 <row topline="true">
17111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17114 \begin_layout Standard
17129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17132 \begin_layout Standard
17147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17150 \begin_layout Standard
17166 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17170 \begin_layout Standard
17180 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17191 \begin_layout Standard
17201 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17203 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17214 \begin_layout Standard
17224 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17245 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17247 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17248 name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
17255 \begin_layout Standard
17256 This float type is inserted with the menu
17258 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17259 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17263 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
17264 A possible environment for algorithms is the
17268 , described in sec.
17269 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
17273 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17274 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
17281 \begin_layout Standard
17282 Note that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
17284 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
17287 \begin_layout Standard
17292 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
17296 \begin_layout Standard
17297 to the document preamble (menu
17299 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17323 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17325 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17326 name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
17331 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17332 name "sec:floatflt"
17339 \begin_layout Standard
17340 This float type is used if you want to
17341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17348 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
17350 It can be inserted using the menu
17351 \begin_inset Wrap figure
17356 \begin_layout Standard
17357 \begin_inset Graphics
17358 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17361 rotateOrigin center
17368 \begin_layout Standard
17369 \begin_inset Caption
17371 \begin_layout Standard
17372 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17373 name "cap:This-is-a"
17377 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
17379 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17394 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17395 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17400 if the LaTeX-package
17405 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17406 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
17414 \begin_layout Standard
17415 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
17425 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
17428 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17429 reference "cap:This-is-a"
17433 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
17434 wrap float with a width of 40
17435 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
17442 \begin_layout Standard
17443 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
17445 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17446 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17455 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
17459 \begin_layout Standard
17464 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
17465 If you need this, read the documentation of
17470 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
17478 \begin_layout Standard
17484 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
17485 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
17486 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
17487 over some other text.
17491 \begin_layout Standard
17492 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
17497 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17498 name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
17506 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
17514 \begin_layout Itemize
17515 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
17516 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
17517 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
17518 breaks will appear.
17521 \begin_layout Itemize
17522 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
17523 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
17526 \begin_layout Itemize
17527 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
17528 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
17531 \begin_layout Itemize
17532 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
17535 \begin_layout Subsection
17537 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17538 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
17543 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17544 name "Floats ! Rotating"
17551 \begin_layout Standard
17552 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
17553 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
17556 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
17562 \begin_layout Standard
17563 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
17564 a two-column document).
17565 They are normally rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin
17566 (They are rotated to the left in a two-sided document when they are on
17567 a page with an even number).
17568 Forcing their rotation direction is not yet supported by LyX.
17571 \begin_layout Standard
17572 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
17573 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
17575 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17576 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
17580 is an example of a rotated table float.
17583 \begin_layout Standard
17588 usepackage[tablesleft]{rotating}
17591 \begin_layout Standard
17596 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
17599 \begin_layout Standard
17600 \begin_inset Float table
17605 \begin_layout Standard
17606 \begin_inset Caption
17608 \begin_layout Standard
17609 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17610 name "cap:Rotated-table"
17622 \begin_layout Standard
17624 \begin_inset Tabular
17625 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
17627 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17628 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17629 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17630 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17631 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
17632 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17636 \begin_layout Standard
17642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17645 \begin_layout Standard
17651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17654 \begin_layout Standard
17660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17663 \begin_layout Standard
17669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17672 \begin_layout Standard
17691 \begin_layout Subsection
17693 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17694 name "sub:Float-Placement"
17699 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17700 name "Floats ! Placement"
17707 \begin_layout Standard
17708 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
17709 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
17716 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
17717 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
17722 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
17725 is used to rotate floats, see section
17726 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17727 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
17734 \begin_layout Standard
17735 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
17736 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
17739 default\InsetSpace ~
17745 \begin_layout Description
17748 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
17751 \begin_layout Description
17754 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
17757 \begin_layout Description
17758 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
17760 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
17763 \begin_layout Description
17766 floats: try to place the float on an own page
17769 \begin_layout Standard
17770 The order of the above option is
17775 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
17788 , and then the others.
17789 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
17791 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
17792 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
17795 \begin_layout Standard
17796 By default, each options has its own rules:
17799 \begin_layout Standard
17806 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17807 % of the page can be placed at the top
17811 \begin_layout Standard
17814 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
17818 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17819 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
17823 \begin_layout Standard
17830 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17831 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
17832 can be set together on a page.
17835 \begin_layout Standard
17836 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
17839 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
17846 \begin_layout Standard
17847 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
17848 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
17849 For this case you can use the option
17855 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
17857 Because the float is then no longer able to
17858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17865 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
17868 \begin_layout Standard
17869 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
17870 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
17873 \begin_layout Standard
17874 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
17876 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
17877 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
17884 \begin_layout Standard
17888 \begin_layout Section
17890 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17898 \begin_layout Standard
17899 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
17901 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
17906 \begin_layout Standard
17907 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsable box inserted via the menu
17909 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17913 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
17914 and its alignment within the page.
17917 \begin_layout Standard
17919 \begin_inset Box Frameless
17928 height_special "totalheight"
17931 \begin_layout Standard
17934 This is a minipage.
17935 The text is set in an italic style.
17938 \begin_layout Standard
17941 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
17942 another formatting.
17950 \begin_layout Standard
17951 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17954 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
17958 as described in sec.
17959 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
17963 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17964 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
17969 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17975 \begin_layout Standard
17976 \begin_inset Box Frameless
17985 height_special "totalheight"
17988 \begin_layout Standard
17989 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
17990 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
17998 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18007 height_special "totalheight"
18010 \begin_layout Standard
18011 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18012 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18020 \begin_layout Chapter
18021 Mathematical Formulas
18022 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18028 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18029 name "Formulas | see{Math}"
18034 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18035 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
18042 \begin_layout Section
18044 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18045 name "Math ! Basics"
18052 \begin_layout Standard
18053 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
18054 \begin_inset Graphics
18055 filename ../images/math-mode.xpm
18060 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
18062 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
18063 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18064 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18066 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18072 \begin_layout Standard
18073 Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
18078 , that appears when you right-click on a formula (also available with the
18081 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18082 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18088 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18092 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
18093 somewhere on the screen.
18094 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
18095 will insert a formula for you.
18098 \begin_layout Standard
18099 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
18100 line, like this one:
18103 \begin_layout Standard
18104 This is a line with an inline formula
18105 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
18111 \begin_layout Standard
18112 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
18114 \begin_inset Formula \[
18119 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
18122 \begin_layout Standard
18123 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
18126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18139 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the greek letter
18140 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18144 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
18152 \begin_layout Subsection
18153 Navigating in Formulas
18154 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18155 name "Math ! Navigating"
18162 \begin_layout Standard
18163 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
18164 achieved with the arrow keys.
18165 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18166 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18171 will leave a formula construct (a square root
18172 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18176 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18180 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18182 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18190 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18195 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18196 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18199 \begin_layout Standard
18204 , printed in this document as
18205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18212 \begin_layout Standard
18222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18226 \begin_inset Note Note
18229 \begin_layout Standard
18230 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
18231 space character (visible space).
18236 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
18237 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18238 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18243 For example, if you want
18244 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18255 \begin_layout Standard
18274 \begin_layout Standard
18287 \begin_layout Standard
18298 , since in the latter case only the
18301 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18306 will be under the square root sign:
18307 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18313 \begin_layout Standard
18314 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18316 \begin_inset Formula \[
18317 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18320 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
18324 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18325 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18328 \begin_layout Subsection
18332 \begin_layout Standard
18333 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18334 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18338 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18339 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18340 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18341 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
18342 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
18345 \begin_layout Subsection
18347 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18348 name "Math ! Math Panel"
18353 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18354 name "sec:math-panel"
18361 \begin_layout Standard
18367 dialog is accessible by right-clicking on a formula or via the menu
18369 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18373 It has an extensive list of symbols and structures.
18374 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
18375 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
18376 details in the following sections.
18379 \begin_layout Subsection
18380 Exponents and Subscripts
18381 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18382 name "Math ! Exponents"
18387 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18388 name "Math ! Subscripts"
18395 \begin_layout Standard
18396 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
18397 way is to use a command.
18399 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18402 , type in a formula
18408 \begin_layout Standard
18424 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
18430 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18434 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18443 \begin_layout Standard
18455 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
18457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18464 , you have to use an extra
18468 to separate the hat and the character.
18471 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
18480 \begin_layout Standard
18492 Subscripts are similar: To get
18493 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
18502 \begin_layout Standard
18516 \begin_layout Standard
18517 Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single
18518 symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should
18520 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18521 reference "sec:Grouping"
18525 if you need to alter this.
18528 \begin_layout Subsection
18530 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18531 name "Math ! Fractions"
18538 \begin_layout Standard
18539 Create a fraction with either the command
18546 \begin_inset Graphics
18547 filename ../images/math/frac.xpm
18558 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
18559 The cursor is above the fraction line.
18560 To move it to the bottom, simply press
18565 To move back up, press
18570 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
18571 \begin_inset Formula \[
18572 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
18574 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
18581 \begin_layout Subsection
18583 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18584 name "Math ! Roots"
18591 \begin_layout Standard
18592 Roots can be created using the
18598 \begin_inset Graphics
18599 filename ../images/math/sqrt.xpm
18622 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
18628 produces always a square root.
18631 \begin_layout Subsection
18632 Operators with Limits
18633 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18639 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18640 name "Math ! Integrals"
18645 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18646 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
18653 \begin_layout Standard
18655 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
18659 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18662 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
18663 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
18664 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
18665 The sum operator will automatically place its
18666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18673 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
18676 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
18680 \begin_inset Formula \[
18681 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
18685 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
18689 \begin_layout Standard
18690 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
18692 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
18693 behind the operator and hitting
18699 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18700 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18701 Change\InsetSpace ~
18702 Limits\InsetSpace ~
18708 \begin_layout Standard
18709 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
18710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18717 feature as addition, such as
18718 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18719 name "Math ! Limits"
18724 \begin_inset Formula \[
18725 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
18729 which will place the
18730 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
18734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18742 In inline formulas it looks like this:
18743 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
18749 \begin_layout Standard
18750 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
18757 Have a look at sec.
18758 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
18762 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18763 reference "sec:math-functions"
18767 for an explanation of function macros.
18770 \begin_layout Subsection
18772 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18773 name "Math ! Symbols"
18780 \begin_layout Standard
18781 Most math symbols can be found in the
18786 under one of several categories; including
18803 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
18807 \begin_layout Standard
18808 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
18809 you don't have to use the
18814 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
18815 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
18818 \begin_layout Subsection
18820 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18821 name "Math ! Spaces"
18828 \begin_layout Standard
18829 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
18841 \begin_inset Graphics
18842 filename ../images/math/space.xpm
18847 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
18848 Here a example for the sequence
18853 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
18857 \begin_inset Graphics
18858 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
18863 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
18864 the space marker and hit space again several times.
18865 With every space hit the size will be changed.
18866 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
18871 \begin_layout Standard
18881 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
18887 \begin_layout Standard
18897 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
18903 \begin_layout Subsection
18905 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18906 name "Math ! Functions"
18911 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18912 name "sec:math-functions"
18919 \begin_layout Standard
18925 contains a number of functions, such as
18926 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
18930 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18938 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
18945 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
18946 avoid confusions, because
18947 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
18951 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
18957 \begin_layout Standard
18958 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
18960 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
18964 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
18970 \begin_layout Standard
18971 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
18972 that subscripts are placed, like described in sec.
18973 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
18977 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18978 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
18985 \begin_layout Subsection
18987 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18988 name "Math ! Accents"
18995 \begin_layout Standard
18996 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
18998 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
18999 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
19001 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19004 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
19005 Our example is entered by typing
19013 \begin_layout Standard
19027 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19028 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
19032 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
19035 \begin_layout Standard
19036 \begin_inset Float table
19041 \begin_layout Standard
19042 \begin_inset Caption
19044 \begin_layout Standard
19045 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19046 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
19050 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
19058 \begin_layout Standard
19060 \begin_inset Tabular
19061 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19063 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19064 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19065 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19066 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19070 \begin_layout Standard
19076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19079 \begin_layout Standard
19085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19088 \begin_layout Standard
19104 <row topline="true">
19105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19108 \begin_layout Standard
19123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19126 \begin_layout Standard
19136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19139 \begin_layout Standard
19149 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19158 <row topline="true">
19159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19162 \begin_layout Standard
19177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19180 \begin_layout Standard
19190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19193 \begin_layout Standard
19203 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19212 <row topline="true">
19213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19216 \begin_layout Standard
19231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19234 \begin_layout Standard
19244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19247 \begin_layout Standard
19257 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19266 <row topline="true">
19267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19270 \begin_layout Standard
19285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19288 \begin_layout Standard
19298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19301 \begin_layout Standard
19311 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19320 <row topline="true">
19321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19324 \begin_layout Standard
19339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19342 \begin_layout Standard
19352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19355 \begin_layout Standard
19365 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19374 <row topline="true">
19375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19378 \begin_layout Standard
19393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19396 \begin_layout Standard
19406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19409 \begin_layout Standard
19419 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19428 <row topline="true">
19429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19432 \begin_layout Standard
19447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19450 \begin_layout Standard
19460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19463 \begin_layout Standard
19473 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19482 <row topline="true">
19483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19486 \begin_layout Standard
19501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19504 \begin_layout Standard
19514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19517 \begin_layout Standard
19527 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
19536 <row topline="true">
19537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19540 \begin_layout Standard
19555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19558 \begin_layout Standard
19568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19571 \begin_layout Standard
19581 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
19590 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19594 \begin_layout Standard
19600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19603 \begin_layout Standard
19613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19616 \begin_layout Standard
19626 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
19647 \begin_layout Standard
19648 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
19653 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
19654 made within a formula too.
19657 \begin_layout Section
19658 Brackets and Delimiters
19659 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19660 name "Math ! Brackets"
19665 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19666 name "Math ! Delimiters"
19671 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19672 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
19679 \begin_layout Standard
19680 There are several brackets available through LyX.
19681 For most purposes, using just the keys
19686 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
19687 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
19693 \begin_inset Graphics
19694 filename ../images/math/delim.xpm
19699 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
19701 \begin_inset Formula \[
19702 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
19704 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
19708 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
19709 \begin_inset Formula \[
19710 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
19717 \begin_layout Standard
19718 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
19719 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
19722 \begin_layout Standard
19723 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
19724 left side and right side.
19725 If you use the option
19730 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
19731 The selection will be shown below the button field.
19732 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
19733 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
19736 \begin_layout Standard
19737 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
19738 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
19739 inside the brackets.
19740 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
19745 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
19748 \begin_layout Standard
19749 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
19750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19760 \begin_layout Section
19762 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19763 name "Math ! Grouping"
19768 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19769 name "sec:Grouping"
19776 \begin_layout Standard
19777 You may need to group a set of symbols.
19778 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
19789 \begin_layout Standard
19790 \begin_inset Formula \[
19791 ^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
19798 \begin_layout Standard
19799 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
19800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19814 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
19815 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
19816 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
19819 \begin_layout Section
19820 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
19821 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19822 name "Math ! Arrays"
19827 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19828 name "Math ! Matrices"
19833 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19834 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
19841 \begin_layout Standard
19842 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
19848 \begin_inset Graphics
19849 filename ../images/math/matrix.xpm
19854 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
19855 Here is an example:
19856 \begin_inset Formula \[
19857 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
19860 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
19864 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in sec.
19865 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
19869 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19870 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
19875 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
19876 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
19877 This alignment is set in the box
19882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19930 for every column as default.
19931 For example, the sequence
19932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19943 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
19944 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
19945 corresponds to the relevant column.
19946 The result will look like this:
19947 \begin_inset Formula \[
19949 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
19950 column & has & has\, right\\
19951 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
19958 \begin_layout Standard
19959 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
19963 while the cursor is in the matrix.
19964 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
19966 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19972 \begin_layout Standard
19973 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
19974 It can be created with the menu
19976 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19977 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19989 \begin_inset Formula \[
19993 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
20000 \begin_layout Standard
20001 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20004 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
20012 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
20021 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
20022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20029 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
20030 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
20031 A new row is created by every further hit of
20039 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
20040 Here is an example:
20041 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20042 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
20043 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
20047 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
20048 where you want to start the shift and hit
20053 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
20054 position to the next column.
20055 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
20056 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
20057 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20058 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
20065 \begin_layout Standard
20066 The multi-line formula type described here is called
20073 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
20074 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
20075 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20076 reference "eq:asquared"
20081 The other types are described in sec.
20082 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
20086 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20087 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
20094 \begin_layout Section
20095 Formula Numbering and Referencing
20096 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20097 name "Math ! Formula numbering"
20102 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20103 name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
20108 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20109 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
20116 \begin_layout Standard
20117 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
20119 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20120 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20121 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20130 The formula number appears in LyX as
20131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20138 within parentheses.
20140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20147 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
20149 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
20150 the document class.
20151 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
20152 separated by a dot:
20153 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20154 1+1=2\end{equation}
20163 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
20164 You can only number displayed formulas.
20167 \begin_layout Standard
20168 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
20170 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20171 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20172 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20173 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
20182 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
20183 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20185 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
20186 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
20190 To number all lines use the shortcut
20198 \begin_layout Standard
20199 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20202 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
20203 A label is inserted with the menu
20205 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20208 when the cursor is in the formula.
20209 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
20210 It is recommended to use the proposed
20211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20222 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
20223 type when you have many labels in your document.
20224 We inserted in the following example the label
20225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20232 in the second line:
20233 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20234 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
20235 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
20239 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
20240 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
20242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20250 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
20252 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20257 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
20258 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
20259 as the formula number:
20262 \begin_layout Standard
20263 This is a cross-reference to equation (
20264 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20265 reference "eq:tanhExp"
20272 \begin_layout Standard
20273 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in sec.
20274 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
20278 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20279 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20284 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
20287 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20290 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
20294 \begin_layout Standard
20295 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
20303 \begin_layout Section
20304 User defined math macros
20305 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20306 name "Math ! Macros"
20313 \begin_layout Standard
20314 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
20315 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
20316 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
20319 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
20320 \begin_inset Formula \[
20321 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
20325 The general form of its solution is:
20326 \begin_inset Formula \[
20327 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
20334 \begin_layout Standard
20335 The macro should print the parameters
20336 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
20340 \begin_inset Formula $p$
20344 \begin_inset Formula $q$
20347 like in the equation above.
20350 \begin_layout Standard
20351 A macro is created by executing the command
20354 \begin_layout Standard
20361 \begin_layout Standard
20374 \begin_layout Standard
20383 Number\InsetSpace ~
20388 \begin_layout Standard
20389 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
20390 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
20391 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
20392 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
20396 \begin_layout Standard
20397 We have three arguments and name the macro
20398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20405 , so that the command is:
20408 \begin_layout Standard
20415 \begin_layout Standard
20428 \begin_layout Standard
20440 \begin_layout Standard
20441 This results in the following macro definition box:
20442 \begin_inset Graphics
20443 filename clipart/macrobox.png
20448 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20449 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20450 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
20454 \begin_inset Note Note
20457 \begin_layout Standard
20458 The first box is an image to show the behaviour in the output.
20459 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
20467 \begin_layout Standard
20468 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
20469 the math panel or commands.
20470 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
20471 followed by the argument number, e.g.
20473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20482 for the first argument.
20483 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
20484 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
20485 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
20486 in LyX with its full size.
20487 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
20488 In our example we insert the sequence
20518 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
20521 \begin_layout Standard
20522 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
20523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20537 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
20540 \begin_layout Standard
20542 \begin_inset Graphics
20543 filename clipart/macrouse.png
20550 \begin_layout Standard
20551 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
20552 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
20553 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
20554 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
20555 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
20558 \begin_layout Standard
20559 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
20560 to the new definition.
20561 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
20562 \begin_inset Formula $x$
20566 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
20570 \begin_inset Formula $B$
20574 \begin_inset Formula \[
20575 \qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
20582 \begin_layout Standard
20583 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
20587 \begin_layout Standard
20606 \begin_layout Standard
20621 \begin_layout Standard
20632 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20635 \begin_layout Standard
20636 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
20637 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
20638 definition box in your document.
20639 There are also some other restrictions: The command
20641 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
20643 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
20648 \begin_layout Section
20652 \begin_layout Subsection
20654 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20655 name "Math ! Typefaces"
20662 \begin_layout Standard
20663 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
20664 To set a font in a formula, use the
20670 \begin_inset Graphics
20671 filename ../images/math/font.xpm
20675 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
20677 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20678 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
20685 \begin_layout Standard
20686 \begin_inset Float table
20691 \begin_layout Standard
20692 \begin_inset Caption
20694 \begin_layout Standard
20695 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20696 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
20700 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
20708 \begin_layout Standard
20710 \begin_inset Tabular
20711 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
20713 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20714 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20715 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20719 \begin_layout Standard
20725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20728 \begin_layout Standard
20735 <row topline="true">
20736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20739 \begin_layout Standard
20746 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
20754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20757 \begin_layout Standard
20768 <row topline="true">
20769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20772 \begin_layout Standard
20773 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
20781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20784 \begin_layout Standard
20795 <row topline="true">
20796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20799 \begin_layout Standard
20800 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
20808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20811 \begin_layout Standard
20822 <row topline="true">
20823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20826 \begin_layout Standard
20833 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
20841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20844 \begin_layout Standard
20855 <row topline="true">
20856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20859 \begin_layout Standard
20860 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
20868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20871 \begin_layout Standard
20882 <row topline="true">
20883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20886 \begin_layout Standard
20887 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
20895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20898 \begin_layout Standard
20909 <row topline="true">
20910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20913 \begin_layout Standard
20921 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
20929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20932 \begin_layout Standard
20943 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20947 \begin_layout Standard
20948 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
20956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20959 \begin_layout Standard
20982 \begin_layout Standard
20983 Note that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
20992 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
20993 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
20998 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
20999 protected space when you need a space in the box.
21000 Here an example where a
21001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21012 denotes the set of numbers:
21013 \begin_inset Formula \[
21014 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
21021 \begin_layout Standard
21022 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
21033 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
21038 So better don't use this feature.
21041 \begin_layout Standard
21042 The typefaces have no effect on greek letters:
21043 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
21048 You can only print them emboldened using the command
21054 , which works like the other typeface commands:
21055 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
21061 \begin_layout Standard
21068 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
21071 \begin_layout Standard
21072 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
21074 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21075 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21082 \begin_layout Subsection
21084 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21092 \begin_layout Standard
21093 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
21095 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
21098 Normal\InsetSpace ~
21108 \begin_inset Graphics
21109 filename ../images/math/font.xpm
21113 (alternatively the shortcut
21119 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
21120 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
21121 Here is an example:
21122 \begin_inset Formula \[
21124 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21125 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
21132 \begin_layout Subsection
21134 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21135 name "Math ! Font sizes"
21142 \begin_layout Standard
21143 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
21144 automatically chosen in most situations.
21162 For most characters,
21170 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21171 and certain other structures, are set larger in
21176 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
21177 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
21178 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
21179 \begin_inset Graphics
21180 filename ../images/math/style.xpm
21185 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
21186 For example, you can set
21187 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21190 , which is normally in
21199 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21203 The four styles are used in the following example:
21206 \begin_layout Standard
21207 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21211 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21215 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21219 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21225 \begin_layout Standard
21226 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
21227 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
21229 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21233 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
21234 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21235 will be adjusted to correspond.
21236 As example a formula in the font size
21237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21247 \begin_layout Standard
21251 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
21257 \begin_layout Section
21259 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21265 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21273 \begin_layout Standard
21274 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
21275 (AMS) that are in common use.
21278 \begin_layout Subsection
21279 Enabling AMS-Support
21282 \begin_layout Standard
21283 Selecting the checkbox
21292 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21300 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
21304 \begin_layout Subsection
21306 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21307 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
21312 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21313 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
21320 \begin_layout Standard
21321 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21322 LyX allows you to choose between
21343 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
21346 \begin_layout Chapter
21350 \begin_layout Section
21352 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21353 name "Cross references"
21358 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21359 name "sec:Cross-References"
21366 \begin_layout Standard
21367 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
21368 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
21370 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
21371 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
21372 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
21375 \begin_layout Enumerate
21379 \begin_layout Enumerate
21380 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21381 name "enu:Second-item"
21388 \begin_layout Enumerate
21392 \begin_layout Standard
21393 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
21395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21398 or the by pressing the toolbar button
21399 \begin_inset Graphics
21400 filename ../images/label-insert.xpm
21406 A grey label box like this:
21407 \begin_inset Graphics
21408 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
21413 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
21414 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
21416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21449 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
21450 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
21451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21465 \begin_layout Standard
21466 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
21468 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21471 or the toolbat button
21472 \begin_inset Graphics
21473 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.xpm
21479 A grey cross-reference box like this:
21480 \begin_inset Graphics
21481 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
21486 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
21488 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
21489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21501 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
21503 Here is our cross-reference:
21506 \begin_layout Standard
21509 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21510 reference "enu:Second-item"
21517 \begin_layout Standard
21518 It is recommended to use a protected space
21522 \begin_layout Standard
21524 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
21528 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21529 reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
21538 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
21542 \begin_layout Standard
21543 There are six varieties of cross-references:
21546 \begin_layout Description
21547 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
21548 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21549 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21556 \begin_layout Description
21557 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
21558 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
21560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21568 \begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
21569 reference "eq:tanhExp"
21576 \begin_layout Description
21577 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
21579 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
21580 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21587 \begin_layout Description
21590 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
21591 \begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
21592 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21599 \begin_layout Description
21600 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
21603 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
21605 \begin_inset LatexCommand vref
21606 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21613 \begin_layout Description
21614 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
21615 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
21617 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21620 \begin_layout Standard
21625 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
21637 \begin_layout Standard
21638 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
21639 the previous, the same, or the next page.
21640 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
21643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21657 \begin_layout Standard
21658 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
21659 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
21660 The varieties are adjusted in the field
21664 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
21668 \begin_layout Standard
21669 You can only use the style
21673 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
21677 is always possible.
21678 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is
21679 on the previous, same, or next page.
21682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21696 \begin_layout Standard
21697 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
21698 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
21699 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
21700 Referencing formulas is explained in sec.
21701 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
21705 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21706 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
21713 \begin_layout Standard
21720 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
21721 The button text changes then to
21726 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
21727 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
21728 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
21732 \begin_layout Standard
21733 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
21734 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
21735 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
21738 \begin_layout Standard
21739 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
21740 marks in the output instead of the reference.
21743 \begin_layout Standard
21744 Refernces are described in detail in the
21751 \begin_layout Section
21752 Table of Contents and other Listings
21753 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21754 name "Table of contents"
21759 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21765 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21773 \begin_layout Subsection
21774 The Table of Contents
21777 \begin_layout Standard
21778 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
21780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21781 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21787 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
21788 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
21789 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
21790 Thus you can use this window as alternative for the
21797 \begin_layout Standard
21798 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
21799 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
21801 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
21805 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21806 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
21810 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
21811 Section\InsetSpace ~
21813 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21814 reference "sub:numbering-depth"
21818 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
21820 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
21821 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
21822 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
21825 \begin_layout Subsection
21826 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
21827 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21835 \begin_layout Standard
21836 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
21837 You can insert them via the
21839 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21843 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
21846 \begin_layout Section
21847 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
21848 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21856 \begin_layout Standard
21857 It is often desirable to include long
21858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21865 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
21866 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
21867 to typeset properly.
21868 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
21869 resulting in an overfull line.
21870 To avoid this, use the menu
21872 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21875 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
21878 \begin_layout Standard
21879 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
21883 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
21888 \begin_layout Standard
21889 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
21890 name "LyX-Homepage"
21891 target "http://www.lyx.org"
21898 \begin_layout Standard
21899 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21909 \begin_layout Itemize
21910 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
21911 them with a backslash before, e.g.
21913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21925 \begin_layout Itemize
21926 URLs mustn't end with a backslash!
21929 \begin_layout Section
21931 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21937 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21938 name "Comments ! Note boxes"
21943 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21951 \begin_layout Standard
21952 LyX offers you two possibilities of inserting notes and comments to a document
21953 which don't appear in the printed output: The
21957 paragraph environment, described in section\InsetSpace ~
21959 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21960 reference "sub:Comment"
21969 Note boxes are inserted by the menu
21971 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21975 The boxes appear in yellow to show the difference to other LyX boxes, but
21976 the box properties are the same.
21977 The main advantage of note boxes in comparison to the
21981 environment is that you can close the box to save space and ease reading
21985 \begin_layout Standard
21986 \begin_inset Note Note
21989 \begin_layout Standard
21990 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
21998 \begin_layout Section
22000 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22008 \begin_layout Standard
22009 Appendices are created with the menu
22011 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22013 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22017 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
22018 as appendix region.
22019 The region is marked with a red borderline.
22022 \begin_layout Standard
22023 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
22024 numbered with a capital latin letter.
22025 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
22026 and the subsection number.
22027 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
22031 \begin_layout Standard
22032 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22034 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22035 reference "cha:Credits"
22039 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22041 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22042 reference "sub:Export"
22049 \begin_layout Section
22051 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22052 name "Bibliography"
22057 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22058 name "sec:Bibliography"
22065 \begin_layout Standard
22066 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
22067 You can include a bibliography database
22071 \begin_layout Standard
22072 Known under the name
22073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22085 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
22087 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
22091 , described in sec.
22092 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
22096 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22097 reference "sub:biblio_environment"
22104 \begin_layout Standard
22109 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
22111 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
22120 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
22122 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
22124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22131 , a short form of its title, as key.
22134 \begin_layout Standard
22135 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
22137 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22141 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
22142 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
22143 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
22144 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
22148 \begin_layout Standard
22149 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
22150 with surrounding brackets.
22155 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
22156 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
22158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22168 \begin_layout Standard
22171 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
22174 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22175 key "latexcompanion"
22182 \begin_layout Standard
22183 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
22184 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22192 \begin_layout Subsection
22193 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
22194 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22195 name "Bibliography ! Databases"
22200 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22201 name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
22208 \begin_layout Standard
22209 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
22211 It makes it also very easy to have an uniform layout for all bibliography
22213 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
22214 you working field in a database.
22215 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
22216 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
22219 \begin_layout Standard
22220 The database is a text file with the file extension
22221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22232 containing the bibliography in a special format.
22233 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
22234 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22235 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22240 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
22241 It follows a list of programs for bibliography databases:
22244 \begin_layout Itemize
22245 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22247 target "http://bibdesk.sourceforge.net/"
22254 \begin_layout Itemize
22255 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22257 target "http://biborb.glymn.net/doku.php"
22264 \begin_layout Itemize
22265 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22267 target "http://www.latexsoft.com/bibtexmng.htm"
22274 \begin_layout Itemize
22275 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22277 target "http://jabref.sourceforge.net/"
22284 \begin_layout Itemize
22285 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22286 name "Pybliographer"
22287 target "http://pybliographer.org/"
22294 \begin_layout Standard
22295 To use a database, use the menu
22297 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22302 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22307 \begin_layout Standard
22318 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
22319 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
22320 The style file is a text file with the file extension
22321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22332 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
22333 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
22334 take care of the layout.
22337 \begin_layout Standard
22338 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
22341 \begin_layout Standard
22342 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
22343 the two methods of creating them.
22344 As you can see, the bibliography, created from a database, lists only the
22345 database entries that are referenced in the document.
22346 We used the style file
22347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22354 to get the complicated reference key scheme in the bibliography.
22357 \begin_layout Subsection
22358 Bibliography layout
22359 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22360 name "Bibliography ! Layout"
22367 \begin_layout Standard
22368 If you don't use a bibliography database together with a style file, you
22371 Citation\InsetSpace ~
22374 in the citation reference window.
22375 You need also the option
22381 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22382 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22386 In this menu you can adjust the default citation style.
22387 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite this default.
22390 \begin_layout Standard
22391 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
22392 in the citation reference window.
22393 Here an example where we set the text
22394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22397 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
22399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22402 to appear after the reference:
22405 \begin_layout Standard
22407 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22416 \begin_layout Section
22418 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22419 name "Index generation"
22426 \begin_layout Standard
22427 An index entry is created if you place the cursor behind the word or phrase
22428 that should appear in the index and then use the menu
22430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22447 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the index entry.
22448 LyX propose the word before the cursor as entry.
22451 \begin_layout Standard
22452 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because you
22453 have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
22454 LyX won't format the text for you like you expect it.
22455 This is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many ways using
22456 special LaTeX commands.
22457 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
22458 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
22460 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22461 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
22468 \begin_layout Standard
22469 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
22470 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
22472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22473 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22478 A light blue box labeled
22479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22490 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
22491 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
22494 \begin_layout Subsection
22495 Grouping Index Entries
22496 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22497 name "Index ! Grouping"
22504 \begin_layout Standard
22505 One often groups index entries to offer the reader a fast search in the
22507 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
22508 lists under the entry
22509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22517 First we create the entry
22518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22526 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
22530 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22531 reference "sub:Lists"
22536 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in sec.
22537 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
22541 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22542 reference "sec:itemize"
22546 , we inserted the command
22549 \begin_layout Standard
22555 \begin_layout Standard
22559 \begin_layout Standard
22565 \begin_layout Standard
22566 for the enumerated list in sec.
22567 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
22571 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22572 reference "sec:enumerate"
22579 \begin_layout Standard
22580 The exclamation mark
22581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22588 marks the grouping levels.
22589 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
22590 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
22591 If we don't have an index entry for
22592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22599 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
22602 \begin_layout Subsection
22604 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22605 name "Index ! Page ranges"
22612 \begin_layout Standard
22613 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
22615 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
22616 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
22618 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
22622 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22623 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
22630 \begin_layout Standard
22633 Paragraph environments|(
22636 \begin_layout Standard
22637 and another entry at the end of sec.
22638 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
22642 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22643 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
22650 \begin_layout Standard
22653 Paragraph environments|)
22656 \begin_layout Standard
22658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22681 respectively starts and ends the index range.
22682 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
22683 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
22684 the pages of the indexed document parts.
22685 An example is the index entry
22686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22689 Paragraph environments
22690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22696 \begin_layout Subsection
22698 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22699 name "Index ! Cross referencing"
22706 \begin_layout Standard
22707 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
22708 We referred for example in the index entry
22709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22716 (in sec\SpecialChar \@.
22718 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
22722 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22723 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
22727 ) to the index entry
22728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22735 in the same section using the command
22738 \begin_layout Standard
22741 GIF|see{Image formats}
22744 \begin_layout Standard
22745 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
22746 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
22749 \begin_layout Subsection
22751 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22752 name "Index ! Entry order"
22759 \begin_layout Standard
22760 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
22761 then not follow the rules for the index order.
22762 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
22766 \begin_layout Standard
22767 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program called
22769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22785 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
22786 We created as example the three dummy index entries
22787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22811 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22812 name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
22817 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22818 name "Dummy entries ! maître"
22823 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22824 name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
22828 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
22829 order maïs, maison, maître.
22830 To achieve this, we use the command
22833 \begin_layout Standard
22836 previous entry@current entry
22839 \begin_layout Standard
22840 In our case we want to have
22841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22856 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
22859 \begin_layout Standard
22865 \begin_layout Standard
22866 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
22867 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
22871 \begin_layout Subsection
22873 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22874 name "Index ! Entry layout"
22881 \begin_layout Standard
22882 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
22883 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
22886 \begin_layout Standard
22891 textit{This is an italic entry}
22894 \begin_layout Standard
22901 produces the italic layout.
22902 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22903 name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
22907 We refer to LaTeX books (
22908 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22909 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
22913 ) for an overview of layout commands.
22914 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
22915 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
22919 \begin_layout Standard
22924 textit{This is an italic entry}
22927 \begin_layout Standard
22928 You can also format the page number using the character
22929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22936 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
22937 We can write for example
22940 \begin_layout Standard
22943 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
22946 \begin_layout Standard
22947 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
22948 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22949 name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
22953 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
22955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22970 command{page\InsetSpace ~
22974 Have a look at sec.
22975 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
22979 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22980 reference "sub:Short-Introduction-to"
22984 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
22987 \begin_layout Standard
22988 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
22990 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
22991 for all index entries.
22994 \begin_layout Section
22995 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
22996 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23004 \begin_layout Subsection
23006 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23014 \begin_layout Standard
23015 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
23016 constructs, but not all.
23017 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
23018 Every month 10 to 20 packages are updated and one new package is added.
23019 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
23020 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
23021 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
23022 and their commands.
23025 \begin_layout Standard
23026 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
23029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23036 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
23037 An ERT box is created by the menu
23039 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23042 or by the toolbar button
23043 \begin_inset Graphics
23044 filename ../images/ert-insert.xpm
23049 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
23062 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
23063 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
23074 \begin_layout Standard
23075 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
23076 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
23077 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
23084 , you can write the command part
23090 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
23094 in a second ERT box behind the word.
23095 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
23099 \begin_layout Standard
23100 \begin_inset Graphics
23101 filename clipart/ERT.png
23109 \begin_layout Standard
23113 \begin_layout Standard
23114 This is a line with a
23118 \begin_layout Standard
23131 \begin_layout Standard
23141 \begin_layout Standard
23142 Note, that you have to insert a space at the end of LaTeX-commands without
23143 parameters, to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
23147 \begin_layout Subsection
23148 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
23149 \begin_inset OptArg
23152 \begin_layout Standard
23159 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23160 name "LaTeX Syntax"
23165 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23166 name "sub:Short-Introduction-to"
23173 \begin_layout Standard
23174 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
23175 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
23176 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
23177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23185 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
23186 every time if you know the right commands.
23188 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
23189 the end of the day.
23190 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
23191 all caption labels bold.
23192 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
23194 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
23197 \begin_layout Standard
23198 Now LaTeX comes into play.
23199 As we wrote above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
23200 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
23202 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23210 \begin_layout Standard
23211 As result you know that the package
23216 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
23218 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23224 \begin_layout Standard
23229 usepackage[options]{package name}
23232 \begin_layout Standard
23233 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
23234 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
23235 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
23236 In your case the package name is
23241 After a look in the documentation of the package caption, you know that
23246 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
23247 So you add the command
23250 \begin_layout Standard
23255 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
23258 \begin_layout Standard
23259 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
23262 \begin_layout Standard
23263 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
23265 For example if you use a
23269 t class, you don't need the package
23277 \begin_layout Standard
23282 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
23287 \begin_layout Standard
23288 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
23289 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
23290 documentation of the document class you want to use.
23297 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
23300 \begin_layout Standard
23301 Both commands used are preamble commands.
23302 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in
23303 the text affects only the text after the command or only the text used
23304 as command argument.
23305 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
23309 \begin_layout Standard
23310 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
23312 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23313 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
23321 \begin_layout Section
23322 Previewing Snippets of your Document
23323 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23324 name "Document ! Instant preview"
23329 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23330 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
23337 \begin_layout Standard
23338 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
23339 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
23340 to break your train of thought with
23342 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23346 If you'd like to see your math formulas typeset by LaTeX then install the
23347 necessary software (see below) and select the
23349 Instant\InsetSpace ~
23354 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23355 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23361 \begin_layout Standard
23362 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
23364 Previews of an already loaded document are
23368 generated just by selecting the
23370 Instant\InsetSpace ~
23376 \begin_layout Standard
23377 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
23378 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
23383 check box in the insert dialog.
23384 This latter is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure,
23386 Coming in version 1.4 are previews of the external inset also.
23389 \begin_layout Standard
23390 To get previews working, you'll need the LaTeX package
23396 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23402 You'll obtain prettier results if you install
23413 \begin_layout Section
23414 International Support
23415 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23416 name "International support"
23423 \begin_layout Standard
23424 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
23425 LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language
23426 on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S.
23427 paper size and the spell checker set to U.S.
23429 You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make
23430 the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new
23431 default configuration.
23434 \begin_layout Standard
23435 If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example,
23436 a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured
23437 your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language,
23438 the character encoding, and desired paper size.
23440 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23441 reference "sec:langlay"
23445 for more information.
23448 \begin_layout Standard
23449 If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
23450 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
23451 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
23452 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
23454 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23455 reference "sec:optkey"
23463 \begin_layout Standard
23464 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
23465 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
23466 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
23467 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
23468 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
23469 one to support the characters you want.
23473 \begin_layout Standard
23474 The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are
23478 beyond the scope of this manual.
23479 You can not only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names
23480 of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language.
23481 If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX
23482 to your native tongue, please see the
23486 manual for details.
23489 \begin_layout Subsection
23491 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23499 \begin_layout Standard
23502 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23505 dialog lets you set
23507 the language and character encoding for your language.
23511 \begin_layout Standard
23512 Choose your language in the
23518 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23527 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
23530 \begin_layout Standard
23535 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
23540 encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western
23541 European languages.
23544 \begin_layout Subsection
23545 Keyboard mapping configuration
23546 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23554 \begin_layout Standard
23555 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
23556 This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard.
23557 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
23558 which one you want to use.
23561 \begin_layout Subsection
23563 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23571 \begin_layout Standard
23574 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23575 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
23584 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
23588 \begin_layout Standard
23589 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
23590 This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character
23592 That ain't the default.
23593 Nowhere near, in fact.
23594 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
23602 \begin_layout Itemize
23603 The characters at entries A2, A4, A5, A6 and AD -- the cent, the yen, the
23604 generic-currency-symbol, the broken vertical bar and the short dash are
23605 just plain missing in the default encodings.
23606 We don't know where they are or why this is the case.
23609 \begin_layout Itemize
23610 Even if you've selected
23616 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23619 dialog, users who have only the
23623 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
23627 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
23628 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
23629 french quotes won't show up.
23632 \begin_layout Itemize
23637 -fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they
23638 include the either the package
23646 in their documents.
23650 \begin_layout Standard
23651 This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself.
23652 The automatic quote feature described in Section
23653 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23654 reference "sec:quotes"
23658 , will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and
23665 \begin_inset Note Note
23668 \begin_layout Standard
23669 The characters of the following table, which are inserted as commands, could
23670 not be inserted directly with the keyboard, because the standard encoding
23672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23680 To let LaTeX understand the commands, the package
23684 needs to be loaded in the preamble with the line
23687 \begin_layout Standard
23692 usepackage{textcomp}
23695 \begin_layout Standard
23700 is available on every LaTeX system.
23708 \begin_layout Standard
23709 \begin_inset Float table
23714 \begin_layout Standard
23715 \begin_inset Caption
23717 \begin_layout Standard
23718 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23719 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
23735 \begin_layout Standard
23737 \begin_inset Tabular
23738 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
23740 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23741 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23742 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23743 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23744 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23745 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23746 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23747 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23748 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23749 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23750 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23751 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23752 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23753 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23754 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23755 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23756 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23757 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
23758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23761 \begin_layout Standard
23767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23770 \begin_layout Standard
23785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23788 \begin_layout Standard
23803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23806 \begin_layout Standard
23821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23824 \begin_layout Standard
23839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23842 \begin_layout Standard
23857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23860 \begin_layout Standard
23875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23878 \begin_layout Standard
23893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23896 \begin_layout Standard
23911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23914 \begin_layout Standard
23929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23932 \begin_layout Standard
23947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23950 \begin_layout Standard
23965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23968 \begin_layout Standard
23983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23986 \begin_layout Standard
24001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24004 \begin_layout Standard
24019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24022 \begin_layout Standard
24037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24040 \begin_layout Standard
24056 <row topline="true">
24057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24060 \begin_layout Standard
24075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24078 \begin_layout Standard
24084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24087 \begin_layout Standard
24093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24096 \begin_layout Standard
24102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24105 \begin_layout Standard
24119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24122 \begin_layout Standard
24136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24139 \begin_layout Standard
24153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24156 \begin_layout Standard
24170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24173 \begin_layout Standard
24187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24190 \begin_layout Standard
24196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24199 \begin_layout Standard
24205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24208 \begin_layout Standard
24214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24217 \begin_layout Standard
24231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24234 \begin_layout Standard
24248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24251 \begin_layout Standard
24265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24268 \begin_layout Standard
24282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24285 \begin_layout Standard
24300 <row topline="true">
24301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24304 \begin_layout Standard
24319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24322 \begin_layout Standard
24328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24331 \begin_layout Standard
24337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24340 \begin_layout Standard
24354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24357 \begin_layout Standard
24371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24374 \begin_layout Standard
24388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24391 \begin_layout Standard
24405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24408 \begin_layout Standard
24422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24425 \begin_layout Standard
24439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24442 \begin_layout Standard
24448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24451 \begin_layout Standard
24457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24460 \begin_layout Standard
24474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24477 \begin_layout Standard
24491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24494 \begin_layout Standard
24508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24511 \begin_layout Standard
24525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24528 \begin_layout Standard
24542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24545 \begin_layout Standard
24560 <row topline="true">
24561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24564 \begin_layout Standard
24579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24582 \begin_layout Standard
24588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24591 \begin_layout Standard
24597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24600 \begin_layout Standard
24609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24620 \begin_layout Standard
24634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24637 \begin_layout Standard
24651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24654 \begin_layout Standard
24668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24671 \begin_layout Standard
24685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24688 \begin_layout Standard
24702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24705 \begin_layout Standard
24711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24714 \begin_layout Standard
24720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24723 \begin_layout Standard
24727 \begin_layout Standard
24737 \begin_inset Note Note
24740 \begin_layout Standard
24751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24754 \begin_layout Standard
24768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24771 \begin_layout Standard
24785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24788 \begin_layout Standard
24802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24805 \begin_layout Standard
24819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24822 \begin_layout Standard
24837 <row topline="true">
24838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24841 \begin_layout Standard
24856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24859 \begin_layout Standard
24865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24868 \begin_layout Standard
24874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24877 \begin_layout Standard
24891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24894 \begin_layout Standard
24908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24911 \begin_layout Standard
24925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24928 \begin_layout Standard
24942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24945 \begin_layout Standard
24959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24962 \begin_layout Standard
24976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24979 \begin_layout Standard
24985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24988 \begin_layout Standard
24994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24997 \begin_layout Standard
25011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25014 \begin_layout Standard
25028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25031 \begin_layout Standard
25045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25048 \begin_layout Standard
25062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25065 \begin_layout Standard
25079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25082 \begin_layout Standard
25097 <row topline="true">
25098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25101 \begin_layout Standard
25116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25119 \begin_layout Standard
25125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25128 \begin_layout Standard
25134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25137 \begin_layout Standard
25151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25154 \begin_layout Standard
25168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25171 \begin_layout Standard
25185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25188 \begin_layout Standard
25202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25205 \begin_layout Standard
25219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25222 \begin_layout Standard
25236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25239 \begin_layout Standard
25245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25248 \begin_layout Standard
25254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25257 \begin_layout Standard
25261 \begin_layout Standard
25271 \begin_inset Note Note
25274 \begin_layout Standard
25285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25288 \begin_layout Standard
25302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25305 \begin_layout Standard
25319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25322 \begin_layout Standard
25336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25339 \begin_layout Standard
25353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25356 \begin_layout Standard
25371 <row topline="true">
25372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25375 \begin_layout Standard
25390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25393 \begin_layout Standard
25399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25402 \begin_layout Standard
25408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25411 \begin_layout Standard
25425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25428 \begin_layout Standard
25442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25445 \begin_layout Standard
25459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25462 \begin_layout Standard
25476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25479 \begin_layout Standard
25493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25496 \begin_layout Standard
25510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25513 \begin_layout Standard
25519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25522 \begin_layout Standard
25528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25531 \begin_layout Standard
25535 \begin_layout Standard
25545 \begin_inset Note Note
25548 \begin_layout Standard
25559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25562 \begin_layout Standard
25576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25579 \begin_layout Standard
25593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25596 \begin_layout Standard
25610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25613 \begin_layout Standard
25627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25630 \begin_layout Standard
25645 <row topline="true">
25646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25649 \begin_layout Standard
25664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25667 \begin_layout Standard
25673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25676 \begin_layout Standard
25682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25685 \begin_layout Standard
25699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25702 \begin_layout Standard
25716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25719 \begin_layout Standard
25733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25736 \begin_layout Standard
25750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25753 \begin_layout Standard
25767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25770 \begin_layout Standard
25784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25787 \begin_layout Standard
25793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25796 \begin_layout Standard
25802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25805 \begin_layout Standard
25809 \begin_layout Standard
25819 \begin_inset Note Note
25822 \begin_layout Standard
25833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25836 \begin_layout Standard
25850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25853 \begin_layout Standard
25867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25870 \begin_layout Standard
25884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25887 \begin_layout Standard
25901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25904 \begin_layout Standard
25919 <row topline="true">
25920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25923 \begin_layout Standard
25938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25941 \begin_layout Standard
25947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25950 \begin_layout Standard
25956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25959 \begin_layout Standard
25973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25976 \begin_layout Standard
25990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25993 \begin_layout Standard
26007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26010 \begin_layout Standard
26024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26027 \begin_layout Standard
26041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26044 \begin_layout Standard
26058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26061 \begin_layout Standard
26067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26070 \begin_layout Standard
26076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26079 \begin_layout Standard
26093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26096 \begin_layout Standard
26110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26113 \begin_layout Standard
26127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26130 \begin_layout Standard
26144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26147 \begin_layout Standard
26161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26164 \begin_layout Standard
26179 <row topline="true">
26180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26183 \begin_layout Standard
26198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26201 \begin_layout Standard
26207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26210 \begin_layout Standard
26216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26219 \begin_layout Standard
26233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26236 \begin_layout Standard
26250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26253 \begin_layout Standard
26267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26270 \begin_layout Standard
26284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26287 \begin_layout Standard
26301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26304 \begin_layout Standard
26318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26321 \begin_layout Standard
26327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26330 \begin_layout Standard
26336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26339 \begin_layout Standard
26353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26356 \begin_layout Standard
26370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26373 \begin_layout Standard
26387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26390 \begin_layout Standard
26404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26407 \begin_layout Standard
26421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26424 \begin_layout Standard
26439 <row topline="true">
26440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26443 \begin_layout Standard
26458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26461 \begin_layout Standard
26467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26470 \begin_layout Standard
26476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26479 \begin_layout Standard
26493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26496 \begin_layout Standard
26510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26513 \begin_layout Standard
26527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26530 \begin_layout Standard
26544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26547 \begin_layout Standard
26561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26564 \begin_layout Standard
26578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26581 \begin_layout Standard
26587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26590 \begin_layout Standard
26596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26599 \begin_layout Standard
26613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26616 \begin_layout Standard
26630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26633 \begin_layout Standard
26647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26650 \begin_layout Standard
26664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26667 \begin_layout Standard
26681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26684 \begin_layout Standard
26699 <row topline="true">
26700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26703 \begin_layout Standard
26718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26721 \begin_layout Standard
26727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26730 \begin_layout Standard
26736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26739 \begin_layout Standard
26753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26756 \begin_layout Standard
26770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26773 \begin_layout Standard
26787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26790 \begin_layout Standard
26804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26807 \begin_layout Standard
26821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26824 \begin_layout Standard
26838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26841 \begin_layout Standard
26847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26850 \begin_layout Standard
26856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26859 \begin_layout Standard
26873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26876 \begin_layout Standard
26890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26893 \begin_layout Standard
26907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26910 \begin_layout Standard
26924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26927 \begin_layout Standard
26941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26944 \begin_layout Standard
26959 <row topline="true">
26960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26963 \begin_layout Standard
26978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26981 \begin_layout Standard
26987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26990 \begin_layout Standard
26996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26999 \begin_layout Standard
27013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27016 \begin_layout Standard
27030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27033 \begin_layout Standard
27047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27050 \begin_layout Standard
27064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27067 \begin_layout Standard
27081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27084 \begin_layout Standard
27098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27101 \begin_layout Standard
27107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27110 \begin_layout Standard
27116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27119 \begin_layout Standard
27133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27136 \begin_layout Standard
27150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27153 \begin_layout Standard
27167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27170 \begin_layout Standard
27184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27187 \begin_layout Standard
27201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27204 \begin_layout Standard
27219 <row topline="true">
27220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27223 \begin_layout Standard
27238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27241 \begin_layout Standard
27247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27250 \begin_layout Standard
27256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27259 \begin_layout Standard
27273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27276 \begin_layout Standard
27290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27293 \begin_layout Standard
27307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27310 \begin_layout Standard
27326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27329 \begin_layout Standard
27343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27346 \begin_layout Standard
27360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27363 \begin_layout Standard
27369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27372 \begin_layout Standard
27378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27381 \begin_layout Standard
27395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27398 \begin_layout Standard
27412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27415 \begin_layout Standard
27429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27432 \begin_layout Standard
27446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27449 \begin_layout Standard
27463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27466 \begin_layout Standard
27481 <row topline="true">
27482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27485 \begin_layout Standard
27500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27503 \begin_layout Standard
27509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27512 \begin_layout Standard
27518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27521 \begin_layout Standard
27535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27538 \begin_layout Standard
27552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27555 \begin_layout Standard
27569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27572 \begin_layout Standard
27586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27589 \begin_layout Standard
27603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27606 \begin_layout Standard
27620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27623 \begin_layout Standard
27629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27632 \begin_layout Standard
27638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27641 \begin_layout Standard
27645 \begin_layout Standard
27655 \begin_inset Note Note
27658 \begin_layout Standard
27669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27672 \begin_layout Standard
27686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27689 \begin_layout Standard
27703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27706 \begin_layout Standard
27720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27723 \begin_layout Standard
27737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27740 \begin_layout Standard
27755 <row topline="true">
27756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27759 \begin_layout Standard
27774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27777 \begin_layout Standard
27783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27786 \begin_layout Standard
27792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27795 \begin_layout Standard
27809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27812 \begin_layout Standard
27826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27829 \begin_layout Standard
27843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27846 \begin_layout Standard
27860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27863 \begin_layout Standard
27877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27880 \begin_layout Standard
27894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27897 \begin_layout Standard
27903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27906 \begin_layout Standard
27912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27915 \begin_layout Standard
27929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27932 \begin_layout Standard
27946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27949 \begin_layout Standard
27963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27966 \begin_layout Standard
27980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27983 \begin_layout Standard
27997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28000 \begin_layout Standard
28015 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
28016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28019 \begin_layout Standard
28034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28037 \begin_layout Standard
28043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28046 \begin_layout Standard
28052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28055 \begin_layout Standard
28069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28072 \begin_layout Standard
28086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28089 \begin_layout Standard
28103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28106 \begin_layout Standard
28120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28123 \begin_layout Standard
28137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28140 \begin_layout Standard
28146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28149 \begin_layout Standard
28155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28158 \begin_layout Standard
28164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28167 \begin_layout Standard
28181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28184 \begin_layout Standard
28198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28201 \begin_layout Standard
28215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28218 \begin_layout Standard
28232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28235 \begin_layout Standard
28249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28252 \begin_layout Standard
28279 \begin_layout Standard
28280 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
28282 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
28283 also the characters from
28295 \begin_layout Itemize
28304 \begin_layout Standard
28305 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
28310 \begin_layout Standard
28311 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
28316 \begin_layout Standard
28317 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
28322 \begin_layout Standard
28323 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
28328 \begin_layout Standard
28334 \begin_layout Standard
28340 \begin_layout Standard
28347 \begin_layout Standard
28348 The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
28350 For example, S-M-minus, or if
28356 is correct, S-M-macron.
28365 \begin_layout Itemize
28378 \begin_layout Standard
28384 \begin_layout Standard
28390 \begin_layout Standard
28396 \begin_layout Standard
28403 \begin_layout Standard
28404 These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
28405 fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
28413 \begin_layout Standard
28419 \begin_layout Standard
28426 \begin_layout Standard
28427 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
28428 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters .
28429 Also make sure you're using the
28433 font-encoding and have the package
28437 with the definition file
28444 \begin_layout Standard
28448 \begin_layout Standard
28449 This manual covers the customization features present in LyX.
28450 In it, we discuss issues like keyboard shortcuts, screen previewing options,
28451 printer options, sending commands to LyX via the LyX Server, internationalizati
28452 on, installing new LaTeX classes and LyX layouts, etc.
28453 We can't possibly hope to touch on everything you can change---our developers
28454 add new features faster than we can document them---but we will explain
28455 the most common customizations and hopefully point you in the right direction
28456 for some of the more obscure ones.
28459 \begin_layout Standard
28463 \begin_layout Standard
28467 \begin_layout Chapter
28470 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
28471 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
28478 \begin_layout Standard
28479 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
28480 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
28481 inside the user's guide.
28484 \begin_layout Section
28488 \begin_layout Standard
28493 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
28494 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
28497 \begin_layout Subsection
28501 \begin_layout Standard
28502 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
28503 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
28504 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
28507 \begin_layout Standard
28509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28532 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one.
28535 \begin_layout Subsection
28539 \begin_layout Standard
28544 menu will reload the document from disk.
28545 You can also use it if you regret a change in the document and want to
28546 restore it to the last saved version.
28549 \begin_layout Subsection
28553 \begin_layout Standard
28554 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
28555 It is detailed described in the
28562 \begin_layout Subsection
28566 \begin_layout Standard
28567 You can import text from an ASCII file using the menu
28575 That means that each line of the file is imported as its own LyX paragraph.
28576 This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it.
28577 However, if your text file contains paragraphs, LyX will mangle the paragraphs
28578 if you use this form of import.
28581 \begin_layout Standard
28589 preserves paragraphs in text files.
28590 LyX won't mangle paragraphs - anything between two consecutive blank lines
28591 goes into its own LyX paragraph.
28592 The blank line mustn't contain spaces.
28595 \begin_layout Subsection
28597 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
28605 \begin_layout Standard
28606 You can export your document to various file formats.
28607 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
28608 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
28609 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
28612 \begin_layout Standard
28613 It follows a list of all available entries, they are explained in detail
28615 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
28619 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
28620 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
28627 \begin_layout Description
28635 \begin_layout Description
28643 \begin_layout Description
28650 \begin_layout Standard
28659 text file of LaTeX source code
28662 \begin_layout Description
28667 pdf-format using the program
28672 \begin_layout Description
28678 pdf-format using the program
28683 \begin_layout Description
28689 pdf-format using the program
28694 \begin_layout Description
28699 PostScript format using the program
28704 \begin_layout Description
28709 one of the formats above
28712 \begin_layout Standard
28717 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
28718 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
28724 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
28725 Its use is recommended.
28728 \begin_layout Standard
28729 If one of the menu entries
28742 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
28743 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see sec.
28744 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
28748 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
28749 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
28756 \begin_layout Standard
28761 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
28762 the export program.
28765 \begin_layout Subsection
28769 \begin_layout Standard
28770 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
28771 or send it to a printer.
28772 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
28773 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
28779 For more informations have a look at sec.
28780 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
28784 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
28785 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
28792 \begin_layout Section
28796 \begin_layout Subsection
28800 \begin_layout Standard
28801 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
28804 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28807 to undo some mistake.
28808 If you accidently undo too much, use
28810 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28821 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
28826 \begin_layout Standard
28827 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
28828 it was last saved, the
28829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28836 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
28837 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
28840 \begin_layout Standard
28849 work on almost everything in LyX.
28850 But they won't undo or redo text changes character by character, only by
28854 \begin_layout Subsection
28855 Cut, Copy and Paste
28858 \begin_layout Standard
28859 Whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected, it's automatically
28860 placed in the clipboard, so that the
28868 keys also function as the
28873 If you've selected text and hit a key, LyX will replace the selected text
28874 by the character of the pressed key.
28875 You'll have to do an
28879 to get back the lost text.
28882 \begin_layout Standard
28883 To select text hold down the left mouse button and drag the mouse.
28884 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
28887 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28890 to create a copy of the text in the clipboard.
28891 To paste text, use the middle mouse button (eventual click on the mouse
28895 \begin_layout Standard
28896 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
28899 \begin_layout Standard
28903 External\InsetSpace ~
28906 will insert the text in the clipboard
28914 , that means the whole text is inserted as
28926 , where the line breaks of the text will start a new paragraph.
28929 \begin_layout Subsection
28933 \begin_layout Standard
28936 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28948 The text you want to find goes in the
28953 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
28958 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
28960 Replace\InsetSpace ~
28964 You can click to search again to skip the current word.
28969 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
28975 toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of
28977 If the toggle is set, searching for
28978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28989 will not match the word
28990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29007 toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
29010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29048 \begin_layout Subsection
29052 \begin_layout Standard
29053 These menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
29054 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
29055 The properties of tables are described in sec.
29056 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29060 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29061 reference "sec:tables"
29065 , the properties of formulas in chap.
29066 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29070 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29071 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
29078 \begin_layout Subsection
29080 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
29081 name "sec:Spell Checking"
29088 \begin_layout Standard
29089 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
29090 Rather it uses one of the external programs
29103 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
29109 can be seen as successor of
29113 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
29118 is an Hebrew spell-checker.
29119 The used spell checker is set in the preferences, see
29120 \begin_inset Note Note
29123 \begin_layout Standard
29132 \begin_layout Standard
29133 Spell checking will start just after the current cursor position.
29134 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
29135 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
29136 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view
29137 in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible.
29142 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
29144 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace
29145 input field (double-click to invoke replace).
29146 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
29149 \begin_layout Standard
29150 By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
29151 the text you're checking, which is set in the
29155 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
29161 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spell checker
29163 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
29164 specifying a different
29165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29168 alternative language
29169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29175 \begin_layout Standard
29176 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
29177 (This at the moment the only possibility for a word count of a document.)
29180 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29184 \begin_layout Standard
29185 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
29186 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
29188 But you can use the
29197 \begin_layout Standard
29198 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
29199 This does work with
29203 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
29206 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29207 Personal dictionary
29210 \begin_layout Standard
29211 If you want to use a different file from the spell checker's default choice
29212 as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog.
29213 Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error
29214 message on stderr which you can ignore (
29218 will create the file at the end of your spell checking).
29221 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29225 \begin_layout Standard
29230 menu has some additional options which are self-explanatory:
29233 \begin_layout Itemize
29239 ccept compound words
29243 Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words like
29246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29256 \begin_layout Itemize
29266 Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spell checker considers
29269 This should not normally be needed.
29272 \begin_layout Subsection
29277 \begin_layout Standard
29287 \begin_layout Standard
29288 \begin_inset Note Note
29291 \begin_layout Standard
29300 \begin_layout Subsection
29304 \begin_layout Standard
29305 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
29306 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29310 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29311 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
29318 \begin_layout Subsection
29322 \begin_layout Standard
29323 This menu reconfigures LyX.
29324 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also sec.
29325 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29329 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29330 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
29337 \begin_layout Section
29341 \begin_layout Section
29345 \begin_layout Subsection
29349 \begin_layout Subsection
29353 \begin_layout Standard
29354 The settings in the paragraph dialog affects only the paragraph where the
29356 The dialog consists of the following three tabs:
29359 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29363 \begin_layout Standard
29364 Here you can set the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
29365 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
29366 This option works only when you have chosen indent separation of paragraphs
29369 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29379 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29383 \begin_layout Standard
29384 You can set different spaces above and below paragraphs.
29385 There are three predefined skips with a size relative to the font size.
29386 The space VFill is a so called rubber length, described in sec.
29387 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29391 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29392 reference "sec:vertspace"
29399 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29403 \begin_layout Standard
29404 Pagebreaks can also be forced in this dialog tab.
29405 They are described in sec.
29406 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29410 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29411 reference "sec:pagebreak"
29416 You can also put lines around a paragraph as explained in sec.
29417 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29421 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29422 reference "sub:Lines-around-Paragraphs"
29429 \begin_layout Subsection
29433 \begin_layout Standard
29434 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
29436 You can save your document settings as default with the
29438 Save as Document Defaults
29440 button in the dialog.
29441 This will create a template named
29445 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
29449 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29453 \begin_layout Standard
29454 Here are set the document class, class options, fonts and other layout issues.
29455 Document classes are described in sec.
29456 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29460 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29461 reference "sec:doc-classes"
29466 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29470 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29471 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
29476 The float placement options are described in sec.
29477 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29481 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29482 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
29489 \begin_layout Standard
29490 You can further adjust the paragraph separation:
29494 means that the first line of each paragraph is indented.
29499 separates paragraphs by a customizable skip.
29502 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29506 \begin_layout Standard
29507 A detailed description of this menu is given in sec.
29508 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29512 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29513 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
29520 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29524 \begin_layout Standard
29525 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see sec.
29526 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29530 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29531 reference "sub:Margins"
29538 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29542 \begin_layout Standard
29543 The document language and quote styles are set here.
29544 The encoding is necessary to be able to enter characters in the document
29547 you possibly want to enter the æ-ligature directly with the keyboard and
29548 not by using LaTeX-commands.
29551 \begin_layout Standard
29553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29560 should work on most systems.
29561 LyX will then take the right one automatically.
29562 If it don't work, e.g.
29563 you want cyrillic letters, but see latin ones, you have to adjust the encoding
29565 It follows a list with the available encodings:
29568 \begin_layout Description
29569 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
29570 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
29571 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
29575 \begin_layout Description
29576 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers the languages Croat, Czech, German,
29577 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
29580 \begin_layout Description
29581 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers the languages Esperanto, Galician,
29582 Maltese, and Turkish
29585 \begin_layout Description
29586 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers the languages Estonian, Latvian,
29590 \begin_layout Description
29591 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding but the Icelandic
29592 letters are replaced by Turkish letters
29595 \begin_layout Description
29596 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
29597 the euro currency sign, the
29601 \begin_layout Standard
29610 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
29611 be the replacement or latin1
29614 \begin_layout Description
29615 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
29618 \begin_layout Description
29619 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
29622 \begin_layout Description
29623 cp866 MS-DOS code page for Russian
29626 \begin_layout Description
29627 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
29630 \begin_layout Description
29631 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers the languages Belorussian, Bulgarian,
29632 Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
29635 \begin_layout Description
29636 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
29639 \begin_layout Description
29640 utf8 code page for unicode utf8
29643 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29647 \begin_layout Standard
29648 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
29649 The itemize environment is described in sec.
29650 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29654 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29655 reference "sec:itemize"
29662 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29666 \begin_layout Standard
29667 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
29669 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29673 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29674 reference "sub:numbering-depth"
29681 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29685 \begin_layout Standard
29686 This menu needs the LaTeX-package
29691 If you use NatBib, you can choose between two citation styles.
29692 For a further description see sec.
29693 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29697 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29698 reference "sec:Bibliography"
29705 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29709 \begin_layout Standard
29710 There is only one package to choose.
29715 will invoke the LaTeX-package amsmath, that is necessary for many math/formula
29719 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29723 \begin_layout Standard
29724 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
29725 to define LaTeX-commands.
29726 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
29727 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
29731 \begin_layout Standard
29732 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in the
29734 Extended\InsetSpace ~
29740 \begin_layout Subsection
29744 \begin_layout Standard
29745 These menus in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in sec.
29746 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29750 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29751 reference "sec:nest"
29756 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29757 reference "sub:numbering-depth"
29764 \begin_layout Subsection
29768 \begin_layout Standard
29769 Using this menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
29771 The appendix is visually emphasized in LyX as box with a red border.
29774 \begin_layout Standard
29775 The appendix is the last part of a document.
29776 Within it, you can use all paragraph types but sections will be numbered
29777 with latin letters to show the difference.
29780 \begin_layout Section
29784 \begin_layout Standard
29785 To preview the document with an external program, use this menu.
29786 It offers the preview in
29795 The menu entries for previewing are not the same on all installations -
29796 it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
29799 \begin_layout Standard
29800 It follows a list of all available entries:
29803 \begin_layout Description
29811 \begin_layout Description
29817 pdf-format using the program
29822 \begin_layout Description
29828 pdf-format using the program
29833 \begin_layout Standard
29834 The differences of the formats are explained in sec.
29835 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29839 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29840 reference "sub:Export"
29847 \begin_layout Standard
29848 You should at least see the menu entries
29858 If on of the two is missing you need to update your LaTeX installation.
29859 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see sec.
29860 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29864 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29865 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
29872 \begin_layout Standard
29873 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
29874 The viewer can be set in the preferences, see sec.
29875 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29879 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29880 reference "sec:Preferences"
29885 The default viewers are set by LyX while it's configuration.
29888 \begin_layout Subsection
29892 \begin_layout Standard
29893 This menu allows you to update the preview with your latest changes without
29894 opening a new preview file.
29897 \begin_layout Subsection
29902 \begin_layout Standard
29912 \begin_layout Standard
29913 After opening a preview file or after exporting the document, this menu
29915 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
29918 \begin_layout Standard
29919 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
29924 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
29927 \begin_layout Subsection
29931 \begin_layout Standard
29932 This menu opens the same window that appears when clicking on the grey table
29934 Within this window you can navigate through the document similar to the
29936 You can open/close section levels by using the slide control at the bottom
29940 \begin_layout Subsection
29945 \begin_layout Standard
29955 \begin_layout Standard
29956 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
29959 \begin_layout Section
29963 \begin_layout Standard
29964 This menu lists the existing list of figures, list of tables and the table
29965 of contents (TOC) of the current file.
29966 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
29969 \begin_layout Standard
29970 The Navigate menu also offers to jump to the next error-, note- or label-box
29971 following the current cursor position.
29974 \begin_layout Subsection
29978 \begin_layout Standard
29979 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
29980 This is useful when you're working on a large documents and often have
29983 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29987 To create bookmarks for this example, go to sec.
29988 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29991 2.6 and use the menu
29994 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
29999 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
30005 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
30009 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
30021 \begin_layout Standard
30022 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
30023 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
30026 \begin_layout Standard
30027 If you wish to have more than three available bookmarks, look at sec.
30028 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
30032 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30037 for a detailed description.
30040 \begin_layout Section
30044 \begin_layout Standard
30045 Here are listed all opened LyX files for an easy switching between them.
30048 \begin_layout Section
30052 \begin_layout Standard
30053 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
30057 \begin_layout Standard
30063 creates a LyX-file with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
30064 found by LyX (see also sec.
30065 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
30069 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30070 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
30077 \begin_layout Section
30081 \begin_layout Standard
30082 \begin_inset Graphics
30083 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
30091 \begin_layout Standard
30092 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
30096 \begin_layout Itemize
30099 \begin_inset Graphics
30100 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
30101 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30107 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
30110 \begin_layout Itemize
30113 \begin_inset Graphics
30114 filename ../images/buffer-new.xpm
30115 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30123 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30127 \begin_layout Itemize
30130 \begin_inset Graphics
30131 filename ../images/file-open.xpm
30132 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30140 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30144 \begin_layout Itemize
30145 \begin_inset Graphics
30146 filename ../images/buffer-write.xpm
30147 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30153 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30157 \begin_layout Itemize
30158 \begin_inset Graphics
30159 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.xpm
30160 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
30166 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30170 \begin_layout Itemize
30173 \begin_inset Graphics
30174 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.xpm
30175 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30179 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30183 \begin_layout Itemize
30186 \begin_inset Graphics
30187 filename ../images/undo.xpm
30188 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30196 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30200 \begin_layout Itemize
30203 \begin_inset Graphics
30204 filename ../images/redo.xpm
30205 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30213 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30217 \begin_layout Itemize
30218 \begin_inset Graphics
30219 filename ../images/cut.xpm
30220 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30226 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30230 \begin_layout Itemize
30231 \begin_inset Graphics
30232 filename ../images/copy.xpm
30233 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30239 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30243 \begin_layout Itemize
30244 \begin_inset Graphics
30245 filename ../images/paste.xpm
30246 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30252 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30256 \begin_layout Itemize
30257 \begin_inset Graphics
30258 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.xpm
30261 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30262 rotateOrigin center
30268 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30269 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
30270 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
30274 \begin_layout Itemize
30275 \begin_inset Graphics
30276 filename ../images/font-emph.xpm
30277 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30281 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
30283 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
30290 \begin_layout Itemize
30291 \begin_inset Graphics
30292 filename ../images/font-noun.xpm
30293 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30297 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
30299 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
30306 \begin_layout Itemize
30307 \begin_inset Graphics
30308 filename ../images/font-free-apply.xpm
30309 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30313 Formats text using the current settings in the
30315 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30322 \begin_layout Itemize
30323 \begin_inset Graphics
30324 filename ../images/math-mode.xpm
30325 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30331 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30332 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30333 Inline\InsetSpace ~
30337 \begin_layout Itemize
30338 \begin_inset Graphics
30339 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.xpm
30340 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30341 rotateOrigin center
30347 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30351 \begin_layout Itemize
30352 \begin_inset Graphics
30353 filename ../images/tabular-insert.xpm
30356 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30357 rotateOrigin center
30363 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30367 \begin_layout Itemize
30368 \begin_inset Graphics
30369 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.xpm
30372 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30373 rotateOrigin center
30377 Toggle outline window on/off
30379 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30383 \begin_layout Itemize
30384 \begin_inset Graphics
30385 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.xpm
30388 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30389 rotateOrigin center
30393 Toggle math toolbar on/off
30396 \begin_layout Itemize
30397 \begin_inset Graphics
30398 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.xpm
30401 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30402 rotateOrigin center
30406 Toggle table toolbar on/off
30409 \begin_layout Standard
30410 \begin_inset Graphics
30411 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
30419 \begin_layout Standard
30420 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
30424 \begin_layout Itemize
30425 \begin_inset Graphics
30426 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.xpm
30429 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30430 rotateOrigin center
30437 \begin_layout Itemize
30438 \begin_inset Graphics
30439 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.xpm
30442 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30443 rotateOrigin center
30450 \begin_layout Itemize
30451 \begin_inset Graphics
30452 filename ../images/layout_List.xpm
30455 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30456 rotateOrigin center
30463 \begin_layout Itemize
30464 \begin_inset Graphics
30465 filename ../images/layout_Description.xpm
30468 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30469 rotateOrigin center
30476 \begin_layout Itemize
30477 \begin_inset Graphics
30478 filename ../images/depth-increment.xpm
30481 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30482 rotateOrigin center
30488 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30489 Increase\InsetSpace ~
30494 \begin_layout Itemize
30495 \begin_inset Graphics
30496 filename ../images/depth-decrement.xpm
30499 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30500 rotateOrigin center
30506 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30507 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
30512 \begin_layout Itemize
30513 \begin_inset Graphics
30514 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.xpm
30515 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30521 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30522 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30526 \begin_layout Itemize
30527 \begin_inset Graphics
30528 filename ../images/float-insert_table.xpm
30529 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30535 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30536 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30540 \begin_layout Itemize
30541 \begin_inset Graphics
30542 filename ../images/label-insert.xpm
30543 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30549 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30553 \begin_layout Itemize
30554 \begin_inset Graphics
30555 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.xpm
30556 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30566 \begin_layout Itemize
30567 \begin_inset Graphics
30568 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.xpm
30569 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30575 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30579 \begin_layout Itemize
30580 \begin_inset Graphics
30581 filename ../images/index-insert.xpm
30582 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30588 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30593 \begin_layout Itemize
30594 \begin_inset Graphics
30595 filename ../images/footnote-insert.xpm
30596 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30602 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30606 \begin_layout Itemize
30607 \begin_inset Graphics
30608 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.xpm
30611 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30612 rotateOrigin center
30618 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30619 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
30623 \begin_layout Itemize
30624 \begin_inset Graphics
30625 filename ../images/note-insert.xpm
30626 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30632 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30633 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30638 \begin_layout Itemize
30639 \begin_inset Graphics
30640 filename ../images/url-insert.xpm
30641 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30647 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30651 \begin_layout Itemize
30652 \begin_inset Graphics
30653 filename ../images/ert-insert.xpm
30654 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30660 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30667 \begin_layout Standard
30679 \begin_layout Itemize
30680 \begin_inset Graphics
30681 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.xpm
30682 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30688 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30689 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30694 \begin_layout Itemize
30695 \begin_inset Graphics
30696 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.xpm
30699 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30700 rotateOrigin center
30706 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30711 \begin_layout Itemize
30712 \begin_inset Graphics
30713 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.xpm
30716 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30717 rotateOrigin center
30723 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30724 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
30728 \begin_layout Itemize
30729 \begin_inset Graphics
30730 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.xpm
30733 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30734 rotateOrigin center
30740 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30744 \begin_layout Standard
30745 It is possible to define custom toolbars.
30746 This is described in the
30754 \begin_layout Chapter
30760 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30761 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
30768 \begin_layout Standard
30769 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30771 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
30774 \begin_layout Section
30778 \begin_layout Subsection
30780 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30788 \begin_layout Standard
30789 At first a note: You have to restart LyX before changes in .ui and .bind-files
30793 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30794 User Interface File
30797 \begin_layout Standard
30798 The appearance of both the menu and toolbar can both be changed by choosing
30804 For the moment, only one file exists, the
30809 A .ui-file is a text file where the menu and toolbar entries are listed.
30810 To create a new .ui-file, start with a copy of the default.ui from the folder
30811 lyx/share/lyx/ui and edit the entries.
30814 \begin_layout Standard
30819 files is straightforward.
30832 entries must be ended with an explicit
30857 s and in the case of the
30858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30870 One small word of warning.
30875 s may be inserted in a
30883 , but they are defined as
30894 \begin_layout Standard
30895 Now an example: Assuming you use the menu
30897 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30900 quite often and therefore want four available bookmarks, you can simply
30905 Item "Save Bookmark 4" "bookmark-save 4"
30907 Item "Goto Bookmark
30908 4" "bookmark-goto 4"
30912 to the navigate menu section in the .ui-file to have
30913 the fourth bookmark.
30916 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30918 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30919 name "sec:bindings"
30926 \begin_layout Standard
30927 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
30928 Several prepackaged binding files are available:
30931 \begin_layout Description
30932 cua.bind set of bindings (as the typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts)
30935 \begin_layout Description
30936 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
30947 \begin_layout Description
30948 mac.bind set of bindings for Mac
30949 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
30955 \begin_layout Standard
30956 There are also bind file for designed to them with special document classes,
30957 like broadway.bind) and bind files for special languages.
30958 The language bind file names begin with a language code, e.g.
30960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30968 LyX supports internationalization of the user interface, see sec.
30969 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
30973 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30974 reference "sec:Selecting-an-alternative"
30979 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
30983 \begin_layout Standard
30984 Some bind files, like math.bind, have only a small scope.
30985 When looking at the the end of the file cua.bind, you can see that they
30986 are included to keep the overview in the bind file.
30989 \begin_layout Standard
30990 If you like to customise the keybindings to your own taste, modify the .bind-file
30991 s with a text editor and don't forget to load the modified files into LyX
31001 files is straightforward:
31004 \begin_layout Standard
31009 bind <key combination> <lyx-function>
31012 \begin_layout Standard
31013 Both key combination and lyx-function (including any arguments) must be
31014 enclosed in "double quotes".
31015 All the LyX functions are listed in the
31022 \begin_layout Subsection
31026 \begin_layout Standard
31027 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
31028 Notice that this section only deals with the fonts
31033 The fonts that appear on the
31041 are independent from these fonts, and are set in the menu
31043 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31049 \begin_layout Standard
31050 By default, LyX uses
31062 (depends on the system) as sans serif font, and
31066 as monospaced/typewriter font.
31069 \begin_layout Standard
31074 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
31077 \begin_layout Standard
31078 The Font Sizes are adjusted as letter height in units of points.
31079 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31080 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31081 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
31083 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31084 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
31089 The font sizes are the same as used for a document font size of 10
31090 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
31094 They are explained in detail in sec.
31095 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
31099 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31100 reference "sub:Document-Font"
31107 \begin_layout Subsection
31111 \begin_layout Standard
31112 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
31113 Just choose an item in the list and use the
31120 \begin_layout Subsection
31124 \begin_layout Standard
31125 Here could you specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
31128 \begin_layout Standard
31129 The button instant preview is used to enable previewing snippets of your
31131 This feature is described in sec.
31132 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
31136 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31137 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31144 \begin_layout Subsection
31148 \begin_layout Standard
31150 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
31151 can use the keyboard map file named
31156 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating
31158 These keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and doesn't work on
31162 \begin_layout Section
31166 \begin_layout Section
31170 \begin_layout Section
31174 \begin_layout Subsection
31178 \begin_layout Standard
31183 is the language used in new documents.
31184 The Language package should always be babel.
31185 babel translates in the background automatically text labels to the document
31187 A text label is for instance the word
31188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31195 at the beginning of every table-caption.
31202 is a LaTeX-command to use the package babel.
31203 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, look at sec.
31204 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
31208 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31209 reference "sec:ERT"
31216 \begin_layout Standard
31224 \begin_layout Standard
31225 There are also the following options in the menu:
31228 \begin_layout Description
31230 babel whether babel is used or not
31233 \begin_layout Description
31237 \begin_layout Description
31242 \begin_layout Description
31247 \begin_layout Description
31249 foreign\InsetSpace ~
31250 languages text marked formatted in a language different from
31251 the document language will be blue underlined
31254 \begin_layout Description
31258 language\InsetSpace ~
31259 support enables the use of languages, written from right
31260 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi
31263 \begin_layout Subsection
31267 \begin_layout Section
31271 \begin_layout Subsection
31275 \begin_layout Subsection
31279 \begin_layout Standard
31280 %a locale's abbreviated weekday name (Sun..Sat)
31283 \begin_layout Standard
31285 %A locale's full weekday name, variable length (Sunday..Saturday)
31288 \begin_layout Standard
31290 %b locale's abbreviated month name (Jan..Dec)
31293 \begin_layout Standard
31295 %B locale's full month name, variable length (January..December)
31298 \begin_layout Standard
31300 %c locale's date and time (Sat Nov 04 12:02:33 EST 1989)
31303 \begin_layout Standard
31305 %C century (year divided by 100 and truncated to an integer) [00-99]
31308 \begin_layout Standard
31310 %d day of month (01..31)
31313 \begin_layout Standard
31318 \begin_layout Standard
31320 %e day of month, blank padded ( 1..31)
31323 \begin_layout Standard
31325 %F same as %Y-%m-%d
31328 \begin_layout Standard
31330 %g the 2-digit year corresponding to the %V week number
31333 \begin_layout Standard
31335 %G the 4-digit year corresponding to the %V week number
31338 \begin_layout Standard
31343 \begin_layout Standard
31348 \begin_layout Standard
31353 \begin_layout Standard
31355 %j day of year (001..366)
31358 \begin_layout Standard
31363 \begin_layout Standard
31368 \begin_layout Standard
31373 \begin_layout Standard
31378 \begin_layout Standard
31383 \begin_layout Standard
31385 %N nanoseconds (000000000..999999999)
31388 \begin_layout Standard
31390 %p locale's upper case AM or PM indicator (blank in many locales)
31393 \begin_layout Standard
31395 %P locale's lower case am or pm indicator (blank in many locales)
31398 \begin_layout Standard
31400 %r time, 12-hour (hh:mm:ss [AP]M)
31403 \begin_layout Standard
31405 %R time, 24-hour (hh:mm)
31408 \begin_layout Standard
31410 %s seconds since `00:00:00 1970-01-01 UTC' (a GNU extension)
31413 \begin_layout Standard
31415 %S second (00..60); the 60 is necessary to accommodate a leap second
31418 \begin_layout Standard
31420 %t a horizontal tab
31423 \begin_layout Standard
31425 %T time, 24-hour (hh:mm:ss)
31428 \begin_layout Standard
31430 %u day of week (1..7); 1 represents Monday
31433 \begin_layout Standard
31435 %U week number of year with Sunday as first day of week (00..53)
31438 \begin_layout Standard
31440 %V week number of year with Monday as first day of week (01..53)
31443 \begin_layout Standard
31445 %w day of week (0..6); 0 represents Sunday
31448 \begin_layout Standard
31450 %W week number of year with Monday as first day of week (00..53)
31453 \begin_layout Standard
31455 %x locale's date representation (mm/dd/yy)
31458 \begin_layout Standard
31460 %X locale's time representation (%H:%M:%S)
31463 \begin_layout Standard
31465 %y last two digits of year (00..99)
31468 \begin_layout Standard
31473 \begin_layout Standard
31475 %z RFC-822 style numeric timezone (-0500) (a nonstandard extension)
31478 \begin_layout Standard
31480 %Z time zone (e.g., EDT), or nothing if no time zone is determinable
31483 \begin_layout Subsection
31487 \begin_layout Standard
31492 sets maximum number of characters printed in one line when using the menu
31495 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31496 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31500 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
31504 \begin_layout Standard
31505 roff command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII
31510 UNIX-commands (refer to their manpages for more information about them).
31511 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
31514 \begin_layout Subsection
31519 \begin_layout Standard
31529 \begin_layout Subsection
31533 \begin_layout Section
31537 \begin_layout Standard
31538 LyX has a powerful mechanism to convert to and from any file format using
31540 Define a pair of formats, e.g.
31550 Now define a converter from one format to the other.
31551 In our example, two possible mechanisms exist.
31554 \begin_layout Enumerate
31555 A direct conversion, from LaTeX to PDF using pdflatex
31558 \begin_layout Enumerate
31559 A more convoluted route using intermediate formats and converters: LaTeX
31560 to DVI (using latex) to PostScript® (using dvips) to PDF (using ps2pdf).
31563 \begin_layout Standard
31564 LyX will always choose the shortest possible route, so you must specify
31565 two different Format names for
31569 files to be able to use either.
31570 Both are included by default in the
31575 Have a look and then invent your own!
31578 \begin_layout Standard
31579 Moreover, each Format can have a Viewer associated with it.
31580 For example, you might want to use
31584 to examine PostScript® files, or
31588 to preview the LaTeX output.
31589 You can alter the viewer to use (and what options to pass to it) via the
31595 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31600 references:Converters
31603 For example, to change the
31611 format in the dialog, change the viewer to be
31615 (or whatever), and hit
31625 \begin_layout Section
31629 \begin_layout Section
31633 \begin_layout Section
31634 BibTeX and makeindex
31637 \begin_layout Standard
31638 Both the bibliography generating command (default
31642 ) and the index generating command (default
31655 As an alternative for
31663 can be recommended.
31667 \begin_layout Standard
31668 The command to enter is
31671 \begin_layout Quote
31674 makeindex.sh -m $$lang
31677 \begin_layout Standard
31678 where the placeholder
31682 will be replaced by the chosen document (babel) language.
31686 \begin_layout Standard
31687 have installed the packages
31704 at a shell prompt for a help page.
31707 \begin_layout Chapter
31708 Units available in LyX
31709 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31715 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31716 name "cha:Units-available-in"
31723 \begin_layout Standard
31724 To understand the units described in this documentation,
31725 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31726 reference "cap:Units-for-image"
31730 explains all units available in LyX.
31733 \begin_layout Standard
31734 \begin_inset Float table
31740 \begin_layout Standard
31741 \begin_inset Caption
31743 \begin_layout Standard
31744 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31745 name "cap:Units-for-image"
31757 \begin_layout Standard
31758 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31764 \begin_layout Standard
31766 \begin_inset Tabular
31767 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
31769 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
31770 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
31771 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
31772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31775 \begin_layout Standard
31781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31784 \begin_layout Standard
31791 <row topline="true">
31792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31795 \begin_layout Standard
31801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31804 \begin_layout Standard
31811 <row topline="true">
31812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31815 \begin_layout Standard
31821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31824 \begin_layout Standard
31831 <row topline="true">
31832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31835 \begin_layout Standard
31841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31844 \begin_layout Standard
31851 <row topline="true">
31852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31855 \begin_layout Standard
31861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31864 \begin_layout Standard
31865 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31866 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31873 <row topline="true">
31874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31877 \begin_layout Standard
31883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31886 \begin_layout Standard
31887 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31888 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31895 <row topline="true">
31896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31899 \begin_layout Standard
31905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31908 \begin_layout Standard
31909 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31910 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31917 <row topline="true">
31918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31921 \begin_layout Standard
31927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31930 \begin_layout Standard
31931 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31932 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31939 <row topline="true">
31940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31943 \begin_layout Standard
31949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31952 \begin_layout Standard
31953 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31955 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
31958 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31965 <row topline="true">
31966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31969 \begin_layout Standard
31975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31978 \begin_layout Standard
31979 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31980 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31987 <row topline="true">
31988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31991 \begin_layout Standard
31997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32000 \begin_layout Standard
32001 % of original image width
32007 <row topline="true">
32008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32011 \begin_layout Standard
32017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32020 \begin_layout Standard
32027 <row topline="true">
32028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32031 \begin_layout Standard
32037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32040 \begin_layout Standard
32047 <row topline="true">
32048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32051 \begin_layout Standard
32057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32060 \begin_layout Standard
32067 <row topline="true">
32068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32071 \begin_layout Standard
32077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32080 \begin_layout Standard
32087 <row topline="true">
32088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32091 \begin_layout Standard
32097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32100 \begin_layout Standard
32107 <row topline="true">
32108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32111 \begin_layout Standard
32117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32120 \begin_layout Standard
32127 <row topline="true">
32128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32131 \begin_layout Standard
32137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32140 \begin_layout Standard
32151 <row topline="true">
32152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32155 \begin_layout Standard
32161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32164 \begin_layout Standard
32175 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
32176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32179 \begin_layout Standard
32185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32188 \begin_layout Standard
32189 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
32190 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
32209 \begin_layout Chapter
32211 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32219 \begin_layout Standard
32220 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
32221 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
32224 \begin_layout Itemize
32227 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
32230 \begin_layout Itemize
32236 \begin_layout Itemize
32242 \begin_layout Itemize
32248 \begin_layout Itemize
32254 \begin_layout Itemize
32260 \begin_layout Itemize
32266 \begin_layout Itemize
32272 \begin_layout Itemize
32275 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
32278 \begin_layout Itemize
32284 \begin_layout Itemize
32290 \begin_layout Itemize
32296 \begin_layout Itemize
32302 \begin_layout Itemize
32308 \begin_layout Itemize
32314 \begin_layout Itemize
32320 \begin_layout Itemize
32326 \begin_layout Itemize
32328 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32336 \begin_layout Bibliography
32337 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32347 \begin_layout Standard
32351 href{http://www.lyx.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/*checkout*/lyx-devel/lib/CREDITS?rev=HE
32352 AD&content-type=text/plain}{
32361 \begin_layout Standard
32369 \begin_inset Note Note
32372 \begin_layout Standard
32379 is explained in the
32384 It creates a hyperlink.
32392 \begin_layout Bibliography
32393 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32394 key "latexcompanion"
32398 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
32400 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
32403 Addison-Wesley, 2004
32406 \begin_layout Bibliography
32407 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32412 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
32415 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
32418 Addison-Wesley, 2003
32421 \begin_layout Bibliography
32422 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32429 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
32432 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
32435 \begin_layout Bibliography
32436 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32448 Addison-Wesley, 1984
32451 \begin_layout Bibliography
32452 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32460 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
32461 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
32468 \begin_layout Bibliography
32469 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32475 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
32477 target "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html"
32484 \begin_layout Bibliography
32485 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32494 \begin_layout Standard
32498 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
32508 \begin_layout Standard
32515 of the LaTeX-package
32520 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32521 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
32528 \begin_layout Standard
32531 \begin_inset LatexCommand printindex